Reference The Derrida Wordbook Maria-Daniella Dick and Julian Wolfreys
March 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 2275 7 £120.00 512pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 8037 5 £120.00
A glossary of words associated with Jacques Derrida accommodating the far-reaching implications of his work
Description The Author Jacques Derrida (1930-2004) was undoubtedly one of the most infl uential thinkers Maria-Daniella Dick is presently of the twentieth century. He informed debate across many varied subjects and University Teacher in Literature since questions, from literature and philosophy to politics, ethics, religion, aesthetics, 1900 at the University of Glasgow. and culture. The Derrida Wordbook off ers scholars, students, and researchers an extensive Julian Wolfreys is Professor of Modern glossary, providing the reader with defi nitions of a wide range of terms employed Literature and Culture, with the by, or associated with, Derrida. Department of English and Drama, at Loughborough University. Table of Contents I) Words, Words, Words I Reason Readership Arrivant Ghosts Representation Aporia Hand Spectrality Researchers, teachers, graduate and Architectonic Haunting Story undergraduate students in courses Apartheid; Believing Hospitality Subjectile focusing on the work of Derrida within Book Hymen Telephone departments of English & Philosophy Betrayal Identity Trait as well as in departments of French Bêtise; Circle Iterability Unconditionality Studies, Politics, Sociology and related Circumcision Jealousy Undecidability Humanities subjects. Call Joyce Violence Corpus Kafka Virus Conjuration Khora Visitation DoorsDeath Knots Voice Democracy Knowledge Writing Deconstruction Literature Xenos Diff érance Love Yes Exhaustion Matter/Materialism II) Wordhoard Eyes Messianicity Appendices Face Metaphor 1. Bibliography of Selected Family Mimesis Publications Fold Name 2. Selected French Publications Forgiveness Origin 3. Contents Pages Frame; Future; (L’avenir) Performativity Index Literary Studies Genesis Photography 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Research Methods for Memory Studies Edited by Emily Keightley and Michael Pickering
May 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4595 4 £24.99
272pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4596 1 £75.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 8347 5 £75.00
The fi rst practical guide to research methods in memory studies
Description The Author The 12 chapters provide students and researchers with clear descriptions of Dr Emily Keightley is Senior Lecturer in particular methods of research for: investigating community remembering and the Department of Social Sciences at memory in personal narratives; exploring national memory and commemoration, Loughborough University. and cultural memory and heritage; attending to disrupted memory; examining how memory is communicated in everyday life, and how it is manifested in Professor Michael Pickering teaches in emergent and resurgent ethnicities; focusing on the production of social memory the Social Sciences at Loughborough in the media; and analysing the dynamics of remembering in public apologies, University. and in testimonies off ered by Holocaust survivors. Key Features Series Research Methods for the Arts and • Provides expert appraisals of a range of techniques and approaches in memory Humanities studies • Focuses on methods and methodology as a way to help bring unity and coherence to this new fi eld of study Readership Advanced undergraduates, Table of Contents postgraduates & doctoral Introduction: Methodological Premises and Purposes research students, and lecturers in Section One: Memory and Identity Cultural Studies, Social and Cultural 1. Autobiographical Memory History, Literary Studies, Media & 2. Oral History and Remembering Communication Studies Sociology, Anthropology, Oral History, Social Section Two: Qualities of Memory Psychology, Discourse Studies. 3. Experience and Memory 4. Between Offi cial and Vernacular Remembering Section Three: Media and Memory 5. Televised Remembering 6. Vernacular Remembering Section Four: Locations of Memory 7. Memoryscapes and Multi-Sited Methods 8. Ethnicity and Memory Literary Studies Section Five: Disturbed Memory 9. Painful Pasts 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF 10. Disrupted Childhoods tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Section Six: Confessing and Witnessing fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 11. Apologia [email protected] 12. Testimony www.euppublishing.com textbook
New Edition Research Methods for English Studies Edited by Gabriele Griffi n
September 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 8343 7 £22.99
256pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 8344 4 £95.00
Introduces students to a range of research methods deployed in the study of English
Description The Author With a revised Introduction and with all chapters revised to bring them Gabriele Griffi n is Professor of Women’s completely up-to date, this new edition remains the leading guide to research Studies at the University of York. methods for fi nal-year undergraduates, postgraduates taking Masters degrees and PhDs students of 19th- and 20th-century Literary Studies. Series Written by a range of distinguished contributors, each chapter centres on one Research Methods for the Arts and particular method, off ering both concrete practical advice on how to utilise it Humanities and exploring some of the methodological issues that are involved in the use of the particular method. The chapters cover research methods familiar to English Readership scholars such as textual analysis, as well as those less commonly explored such as visual and quantitative methods, which also contribute signifi cantly to research in Upper level undergraduates and English Studies. Other approaches discussed include auto/biographical methods, postgraduate students from MA level discourse analysis, interviewing, archival methods, ethnographic methods, oral upwards in English Studies/Literary history, creative writing as a research method, and research using information and Studies. communication technologies (ICTS).
Gabriele Griffi n is Professor of Women’s Studies at the University of York. Her publications include the co-edited volumes The Emotional Politics of Research Collaboration (2013), The Social Politics of Research Collaboration (2013), and Theories and Methodologies in Postgraduate Feminist Research: Researching Diff erently (2011). She is the General Editor for Edinburgh University Press of the Research Methods for the Arts and Humanities series.
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
New Edition Research Methods for English Studies Edited by Gabriele Griffi n
Table of Contents
Acknowledgments 1. Introduction (Gabriele Griffi n) 2. Archival Methods (Carolyn Steedman) 3. Auto/biographical Methods (Mary Evans) 4. Oral History (Penny Summerfi eld) 5. Visual Methodologies (Gillian Rose) 6. Discourse Analysis (Gabriele Griffi n) 7. The Uses of Ethnographic Methods in English Studies (Rachel Alsop) 8. Numbers and Words: Quantitative Methods for Scholars of Texts (Pat Hudson) 9. Textual Analysis (Catherine Belsey) 10. Interviewing (Gabriele Griffi n) 11. Creative Writing as a Research Method (Jon Cook) 12. English Research Methods and the Digital Humanities (Marilyn Deegan) Notes on contributors
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Romantic Literature and Postcolonial Studies Elizabeth A. Bohls
January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4198 7 £19.99
224pp 234x156mm 6 B&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4199 4 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7874 7 £70.00
Examines the relationship between Romantic writing and the rapidly expanding British Empire
Description The Author Literature played a crucial role in constructing and contesting the modern culture Elizabeth A. Bohls is Associate of empire that was fully in place by the start of the Victorian period. Postcolonial Professor of English at the University criticism's concern with issues of geopolitics, race and gender, subalternity of Oregon. and exoticism shape discussions of works by major authors such as Blake, Coleridge, Percy and Mary Shelley, Austen and Scott, as well as their less familiar contemporaries. Series Postcolonial Literary Studies Key Features Readership • Explains how key theoretical concerns of postcolonial studies - imaginary geography, Otherness & diff erence and cultural hybridity - have dramatically Upper level undergraduates, changed our understanding of Romantic literature postgraduates and lecturers in • Demonstrates how selected texts, in a range of genres, are illuminated by Postcolonial criticism, Romantic postcolonial criticism Literature and Romanticism • Includes a bibliographical essay along with an up-to-date bibliography of criticism, editions of primary works and selected historical materials
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook Modernist Literature and Postcolonial Studies Rajeev S. Patke
May 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 3993 9 £19.99
224pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 3992 2 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 8260 7 £70.00
A new study into modernity and modernism as a global interconnected phenomena
Description The Author This book provides a fresh account of modernist writing in a perspective based Rajeev S. Patke is currently Director of on the reading strategies developed by postcolonial studies. Its basic argument the Division of Humanities at Yale-NUS is that neither modernity nor colonalism (and likewise, neither postmodernity College in Singapore. nor postcoloniality) can be properly understood without recognition of their intertwined development. It interprets modernity as an asymmetrically global Series phenomenon complexly connected to the course of Western imperialism, and demonstrates how the impact of Western modernism produced new Postcolonial Literary Studies developments in writing from all the former colonies of Europe and the US. These developments constitute the afterlife of Western modernism. Readership Lecturers teaching courses in modern Key Features literature, twentieth century literature, • A detailed timeline that chronicles signifi cant events and publications and postcolonial literatures, at concerning modernist and (post)colonial cultures undergraduate and graduate level. • A fresh account of modernity and modernism as global phenomena interconnected to Western colonialism • An overview of modernist ideology in a context alert to the interface between the aesthetic and the political • Four case studies, which re-read canonical modernist texts or authors in a perspective informed by postcolonial studies • A new interpretive account of the relation between 'postmodern' and 'postcolonial' • An annotated reading list to guide further explorations in the fi elds of modernist and postcolonial cultures
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Modernist Literature and Postcolonial Studies Rajeev S. Patke
Table of Contents
Timeline Outline Chapter 1: Introductory Survey 1.1 Becoming ‘modern’ 1.2 ‘Modern’ in a postcolonial perspective 1.3 ‘Otherness’ and the modernist imagination
Chapter 2: Three Debates 2.1 Modernist literature and the Left 2.2 Modernist literature and the Right 2.3 Modernist literature and race
Chapter 3: Case Studies 3.1 Modernism and gender 3.2 Modernist allegory 3.3 Modernism and faith
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
New Edition Gothic Literature, 2nd Edition Andrew Smith
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4741 5 £16.99
224pp 216x138mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4742 2 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4743 9 £70.00
New edition of bestselling introductory text outlining the history and ways of reading Gothic literature
Description The Author This revised edition includes: Andrew Smith is Reader in Nineteenth Century English Literature at the • A new chapter on Contemporary Gothic which explores the Gothic of the early University of Sheffi eld. twentieth century and looks at new critical developments • An updated Bibliography of critical sources and a revised Chronology Series The book opens with a Chronology and an Introduction to the principal texts and Edinburgh Critical Guides to Literature key critical terms, followed by fi ve chapters: The Gothic Heyday 1760-1820; Gothic 1820-1865; Gothic Proximities 1865-1900; Twentieth Century; and Contemporary Readership Gothic. The discussion examines how the Gothic has developed in diff erent national contexts and in diff erent forms, including novels, novellas, poems, fi lms, Undergraduates and tutors in English radio and television. Each chapter concludes with a close reading of a specifi c Literature and Gothic Literature. text – Frankenstein, Jane Eyre, Dracula, The Silence of the Lambs and The Historian – to illustrate ways in which contextual discussion informs critical analysis. The Previous edition details book ends with a Conclusion outlining possible future developments within scholarship on the Gothic. Pb 978 0 7486 2370 9 £15.99 Hb 978 0 7486 2369 3 £75.00 Table of Contents September 2007
Chronology Introduction Chapter 1. The Gothic Heyday, 1760-1820 Chapter 2. The Gothic, 1820-1865 Chapter 3. Gothic Proximities, 1865-1900 Chapter 4. Twentieth Century Chapter 5. Contemporary Gothic Conclusion Student Resources Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
The Edinburgh Companion to Liz Lochhead Edited by Anne Varty
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 5471 0 £19.99
192pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 5472 7 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 5473 4 £70.00
Explores the signifi cance of Liz Lochhead's work for the twenty-fi rst century
Description The Author The fi rst contemporary critical investigation since Liz Lochhead's appointment Anne Varty is Reader in Victorian as Scotland's second Scots Makar, this Companion examines her poetry, theatre, Literature and Culture at Royal visual and performing arts, and broadcast media. It also discusses her theatre for Holloway, University of London. children and young people, her translations for the stage as well as translations of her texts into foreign languages and cultures. Several poets off er commentaries Series on the infl uence of Liz Lochhead on their own practice while academic critics from America, Europe, England and Scotland off er new critical readings inspired Edinburgh Companions to Scottish by feminism, post-colonialism and cultural history. The volume addresses all of Literature Lochhead's major outputs, from new appraisal of early work such as Dreaming Frankenstein and Blood and Ice to evaluations of her more recent works and Readership collections such as The Colour of Black and White and Perfect Days. Intermediate and upper level students Key Features in Scottish Literature, British Literature, Drama, Poetry, Women's Writing, • Critical perspectives on Lochhead's established work and most recent Literary Adaptation. interventions. • Situates Lochhead at the forefront of developing Scottish culture in a global context • Provides a bibliography of Lochhead's works and a select bibliography of criticism Table of Contents 1. Poet and Performer: Practitioners Speak 2. Choices: Poems 1972-2011 3. The Colour of Black and White and Scottish Identity 4. Liz Lochhead, Shakespeare, and the Invention of Language 5. Lochhead Translated 6. Liz Lochhead’s Drama Adaptations 7. Liz Lochhead and the Gothic 8. Liz Lochhead’s Theatre for Children and Young People Literary Studies 9. A Woman’s Voice Endnotes 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Further Reading tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Notes on Contributors fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
The Edinburgh Companion to Scott ish Traditional Literatures Edited by Sarah Dunnigan and Suzanne Gilbert September 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4539 8 £24.99
240pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4540 4 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4541 1 £70.00
Introduces Scotland's contribution to forms of traditional culture and expression
Description The Author The 18 acknowledged experts introduce readers to important genres and Sarah Dunnigan is a British Academy elements of traditional literature from the late medieval period to the present, Fellow at the University of Edinburgh. as well as providing a clear explanation of key conceptual and theoretical issues. They present a diverse cultural history, explain the ways in which 'tradition' is Suzanne Gilbert is Lecturer at the created through interaction with song and music, and how it relates to popular University of Stirling. belief; and explain the role that ideas about national, political, and cultural identity have played in the preservation and transmission of traditional materials. Series Edinburgh Companions to Scottish Key Features Literature • Explores the cultural meanings of 'tradition' and 'living tradition' and the roles of historical and modern informants, storytellers, and singers Readership • Examines the relationship between the oral and the literary in Scots, Gaelic, and English Undergraduate students, • Draws on a wide range of examples including: Francis J. Child's The English and postgraduates, teachers and Scottish Popular Ballads; The Greig-Duncan Folk Song Collection; the waulking academics. song; Gaelic folktale; the traditions of Fionn mac Cumhail; the songs of Anna Gordon Brown; ballads from Walter Scott's Minstrelsy of the Scottish Border and James Hogg's Jacobite Relics; and material from George Campbell Hay, Sorley Maclean and Hamish Henderson • Guides readers through some of the key theoretical and conceptual issues in the fi eld
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com The Poetry of Jack Spicer Daniel Katz
January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4549 7 £24.99
256pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4098 0 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7715 3 £70.00
The fi rst full-length critical monograph on Jack Spicer's work
Description The Author In the years since his death from alcohol poisoning, San Francisco Renaissance Daniel Katz was educated at Reed poet Jack Spicer (1925-1965) has gradually come to be recognized as one of most College and Stanford University, intriguing, demanding, and rewarding of the so-called 'New American Poetry' and is currently Associate Professor poets who were fi rst published in Donald Allen's historic anthology of that name. in the Department of English and Informed by much archival material only recently made available, The Poetry Comparative Literary Studies at the of Jack Spicer, examines Spicer's post-Poundian translation projects; his crucial University of Warwick. theories of the 'serial poem' and inspiration as 'dictation'; his contrarian take on queer poetics; his insistently uncanny regionalism; and his elaboration of an Readership epistolary poetics of interpellation and address. Upper-level graduates, post-graduates and researchers in the fi elds of twentieth-century American poetry; postmodernism; American studies; post-war poetics; queer theory; translation studies; Jack Spicer.
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Roomscape Women Writers in the British Museum from George Eliot to Virginia Woolf Susan David Bernstein
March 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4065 2 £65.00
256pp 234x156mm 9 B&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 8161 7 £65.00
Examines the Reading Room of the British Museum as a space of imaginative and historically generative potential in relation to the emergence of modern women writers in Victorian and early twentieth-century London
Description The Author Drawing on archival materials around this national library reading room, Susan David Bernstein is Professor of Roomscape is the fi rst study that integrates documentary, theoretical, historical, English at the University of Wisconsin- and literary sources to examine the signifi cance of this public interior space for Madison. women writers and their treatment of reading and writing spaces in literary texts. This book challenges an assessment of the Reading Room of the British Museum Series as a bastion of class and gender privilege, an image fi rmly established by Virginia Woolf's 1929 A Room of One's Own and the legions of feminist scholarship that Edinburgh Critical Studies in Victorian uphold this spatial conceit. Culture
Susan David Bernstein argues not only that the British Museum Reading Room Readership facilitated various practices of women's literary traditions, she also questions the overdetermined value of privacy and autonomy in constructions of female Academics, postgraduates and upper authorship, a principle generated from Woolf's feminist manifesto. Rather than level undergraduates of Victorian viewing reading and writing as solitary, individual events, Roomscape considers Literature and Culture, Literary and the meaning of exteriority and the public and social and gendered dimensions of Cultural History, Gender and Women's literary production. Studies, Book History and Museum Studies. Library readers or those with In addition to new perspectives on George Eliot, Christina Rossetti, and Virginia an interest in the history of the British Woolf, Roomscape off ers original research on other novelists, poets, and Museum Reading Room and the translators including Amy Levy, Mathilde Blind, Eleanor Marx, Clementina Black, culture of reading communities. Constance Black Garnett, A. Mary F. Robinson, and Vernon Lee (Violet Paget). Looking at the Reading Room of the British Museum as a networking site for a variety of readers, this study examines political radicals and women activists who found a transnational community in this London public space. An appendix of notable readers lists details of more than 200 women readers who registered for admission to the Reading Room of the British Museum from the middle of the nineteenth century through the early twentieth century.
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Jane Morris The Burden of History Wendy Parkins
April 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4127 7 £65.00
256pp 234x156mm 9 B&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 8192 1 £65.00
A scholarly monograph devoted to Jane Morris, an icon of Victorian art whose face continues to grace a range of Pre-Raphaelite merchandise
Description The Author Described by Henry James as a 'dark, silent, medieval woman', Jane Burden Morris Wendy Parkins is Senior Lecturer in has tended to remain a rather one-dimensional fi gure in subsequent accounts. the Department of English at the This book, however, challenges the stereotype of Jane Morris as silent model, University of Otago, New Zealand. reclusive invalid, and unfaithful wife. Drawing on extensive archival research as well as the biographical and literary tradition surrounding William Morris Series and Dante Gabriel Rossetti, the book argues that Jane Morris is a fi gure who complicates current understandings of Victorian female subjectivity because Edinburgh Critical Studies in Victorian she does not fi t neatly into Victorian categories of feminine identity. She was a Culture working-class woman who married into middle-class affl uence, an artist's model who became an accomplished embroiderer and designer, and an apparently Readership reclusive, silent invalid who was the lover of Dante Gabriel Rossetti and Wilfred Scawen Blunt. Academics, postgraduates and upper level undergraduates of Victorian Jane Morris particularly focuses on textual representations - in letters, diaries, literature and culture, Nineteenth- memoirs and novels - from the Victorian period onwards, in order to investigate Century Studies, the Pre-Raphaelites, the cultural transmission and resilience of the stereotype of Jane Morris. Drawing Women & Writing, Gender Studies, Art on recent reconceptualisations of gender, auto/biography, and afterlives, this History, Literature and Art, Life Writing, book urges readers to think diff erently – about an extraordinary woman and Literary Biography, Women's History. about life-writing in the Victorian period.
Key Features • First scholarly study of Jane Morris, which seeks to challenge the stereotype surrounding her as melancholy invalid and Pre-Raphaelite femme fatale • Innovative case study of the role of class, gender and sexuality in the formation of Victorian feminine subjectivity • Contribution to emerging fi eld of new biography and Victorian afterlives through the inclusion and examination of a wide variety of texts which Literary Studies construct the self • Original exploration of feminine creative agency that challenges conventional 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF understandings of masculine artistic autonomy in the Victorian period tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Walter Pater Individualism and Aesthetic Philosophy Kate Hext
June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4625 8 £70.00
272pp 234x156mm 6 B&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4626 5 £70.00
Explores how Walter Pater and his contemporary aesthetes were infl uenced by modern philosophies
Description The Author Repositioning Walter Pater at the philosophical nexus of Aestheticism, this study Kate Hext is Lecturer in English at the presents the fi rst discussion of how Pater redefi nes Romantic Individualism University of Exeter. through his engagements with modern philosophical discourses and in the context of emerging modernity in Britain. It also considers the dynamics between Series form and thought at the fi n de siècle, contextualizing its comments in terms of Matthew Arnold, Oscar Wilde, Vernon Lee and others, to off er a fully integrated Edinburgh Critical Studies in Victorian account of the intellectual cultures and currents in this period. Culture
Key Features Readership • Boldly reassesses Pater's intellectual signifi cance, arguing that he self- Academics, postgraduates, consciously poised on the cusp between late-Victorian Romanticism and advanced undergraduates in Modernism Victorian Literature and Culture; • Imaginatively combines close readings with cultural and intellectual history Nineteenth-Century Studies, fi n de and biography to reconsider individualism and philosophical thought in the siècle Studies, Intellectual History, Aesthetic Movement Culture and Philosophy, Romanticism, • Provides the most substantial scholarly engagement with Pater's unpublished Aestheticism, Walter Pater. manuscripts (held at the Houghton Library, Harvard University)
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Thomas Hardy's Legal Fictions Trish Ferguson
June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 7324 7 £70.00
272pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7325 4 £70.00
Explores Thomas Hardy’s engagement with Victorian legal debates in his prose fi ction
Description The Author Thomas Hardy’s fi ction is examined in this book in the context of the seismic legal Trish Ferguson is a Lecturer in reforms of the nineteenth century as well as legal discourse in the literature of Nineteenth-Century Literature at the era. The book examines the ways in which Hardy’s role as a magistrate and his Liverpool Hope University. interest in the law impacted fundamentally on his prose fi ction. It demonstrates that throughout his prose fi ction Hardy engages with contentious legal issues Series that were debated by legal professionals and literary fi gures of his day. It also argues that Hardy used fi ction as a forum to question the extent to which legal Edinburgh Critical Studies in Victorian reform improved the lives of women and the working classes. Culture
The study looks at the ways in which Hardy deployed criminal plots derived from Readership sensation fi ction and reveals that the genre’s engagement with legal reform infl uenced not only his sensation novel Desperate Remedies (1871) but also the Academics, graduates and upper level plots of his subsequent fi ction. undergraduates.
Key Features • Off ers a reinterpretation of Thomas Hardy’s work in the light of a detailed study of his legal interests and his use of contemporary legal cases and debates in his prose fi ction • Provides detailed textual analysis of a wide range of legal interests in Hardy’s entire output of fi ction • Draws on the interdisciplinary study of Law and Literature • Examines Hardy’s fi ction in the context of other Victorian literature concerned with legal issues, particularly sensation fi ction
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com London's Underground Spaces Representing the Victorian City, 1840-1915 Haewon Hwang
July 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 7607 1 £70.00
256pp 234x156mm 30 B&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7608 8 £70.00
Sewers, commuters, corpses and revolutionaries intermingle in this heady and pungent exploration of subterranean spaces
Description The Author The construction of London’s underground sewers, underground railway Haewon Hwang is Honorary Assistant and suburban cemeteries created seismic shifts in the geography and the Professor at The University of Hong psychological apprehension of the city. Yet, why are there so few literary and Kong. aesthetic interventions in Victorian representations of subterranean spaces? What is London’s answer to the Parisian sewers of Victor Hugo or the unfl inching realism Series of Émile Zola’s underworld? Where is the great English underground novel? Edinburgh Critical Studies in Victorian This book explores this elision not as an absence of imaginative output, but a Culture presence and plenitude of anxiety and fears that haunt the pages of Charles Dickens, George Gissing, Bram Stoker and Mary Elizabeth Braddon. The way these Readership writers negotiated the dirt and messiness of underground spaces reveals not only the emergence of Gothic, socialist, and modernist sensibilities, but the way all Academics, postgraduates and modern cities deal with what is unseen, intangible and inarticulable. upper level undergraduates of English Literature, Literary Studies, Literary Criticism, Victorian Literature, Key Features Nineteenth-Century Literature, • An interdisciplinary study that explores Victorian maps, guidebooks and Modernism, City Literature, The advertisements, alongside literature, journals and art to bring the period to life English Novel, Dickens, Cultural • Draws on modern critical frameworks of Derrida, Lefebvre, and Kristeva to Studies, Cultural History, Cultural recover and to conceptualize the lost spaces of the Victorian city Geography. • Redefi nes ‘underground’ beyond its spatial usage to look at the emergence of underground revolutionary movements in fi n-de-siècle London • Argues for the distinctiveness of London’s underground culture and its infl uence on other global cities
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Sonic Modernity Representing Sound in Literature, Culture and the Arts Sam Halliday
March 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 2761 5 £70.00
224pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 3256 5 £70.00
Reveals the many roles and forms of sound in modernism
Description The Author Drawing on a wealth of texts and thinkers, the book shows the distinctive nature Sam Halliday teaches in the of sonic cultures in modernity. Arguing that these cultures are not reducible to Department of English at Queen Mary, sound alone, the book further shows that these encompass representations of University of London. sound in 'other' media: especially literature; but also, cinema and painting. Series Figures discussed include canonical writers such as Joyce, Richardson, and Woolf; relatively neglected writers such as Henry Roth and Bryher; and a whole host Edinburgh Critical Studies in Modernist of musicians, artists, and other commentators, including Wagner, Schoenberg, Culture Kandinsky, Adorno, and Benjamin. Conceptually as well as topically diverse, the book engages issues such as city noise and 'foreign' accents, representations of Readership sound in 'silent' cinema, the relationship of music to language, and the eff ects of technology on sonic production and reception. Advanced undergraduates and MA students writing essays and/or dissertations on sound/the senses in modernism, and/or literature’s relation to other arts.
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com The Unexpected Narrative Temporality and the Philosophy of Surprise Mark Currie
January 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 7629 3 £70.00
224pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7630 9 £70.00
A critical and philosophical investigation into the unforeseeable and the surprising in narrative and life
Description The Author This new study asks how stories aff ect the way we think about time and, in Mark Currie is Professor of particular, how they condition thinking about the future. Focusing on surprise Contemporary Literature at Queen and the unforeseeable, the book argues that stories are mechanisms that Mary, University of London. reconcile what is taking place with what will have been. This relation between the present and the future perfect off ers a grammatical formula quite diff erent Series from our default notions of narrative as recollection or recapitulation. It promises new understandings of the reading process within the strange logic of a future The Frontiers of Theory that is already complete. It also points beyond that to some of the key temporal concepts of our epoch: prediction and unpredictability, uncertainty, the event, the Readership untimely and the messianic. The argument is worked out in new readings of Sarah Waters’ Fingersmith, Kazuo Ishiguro’s Never Let Me Go and Julian Barnes’ The Sense of Academics, postgraduates and upper an Ending. level undergraduates of English Literature. Key Features • An original discussion of the relation of time and narrative • An important intervention in narratology • A striking general argument about the workings of the mind • Provides an overview of the question of surprise in philosophy and literature
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Ideology, Rhetoric, Aesthetics For De Man Andrzej Warminski
June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 8126 6 £70.00
272pp 234x156
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 8127 3 £70.00
Readings of de Man’s critique of aesthetic ideology and the strange ‘materiality’ that emerges from it
Description The Author This volume explicates Paul de Man’s late project of a critique of aesthetic Andrzej Warminski is Professor of ideology and attempts to extend it in ways productive for critical thought. After English and Comparative Literature at a reading of de Man’s work in all its rigour – and hence also the aesthetic theory the University of California, Irvine. of Kant, Schiller, and Hegel – the book goes on to uncover a ‘material moment’ in Hegel’s Phenomenology of Spirit that lives on in Marx and in the Marxist tradition. Series The book also elucidates de Man’s critical reading of Heidegger on the example of Hölderlin – a moment essential for de Man’s shifts to the question of rhetoric and The Frontiers of Theory then to the question of ideology – and ends with a reading of Derrida’s ‘last’ text on de Man and its uncanny self-inscription in Rousseau’s episode of the stolen Readership ribbon. Academics, postgraduates and advanced undergraduates, in literary Key Features theory, critical theory, English studies, • Rigorous explications of Paul de Man’s late work on aesthetic ideology and the comparative literature, Continental political philosophy, deconstruction, rhetoric • New readings of Kant, Schiller, and Hegel that extend de Man’s project and communication. • Demonstrates how a certain already ‘Marxian’ self-undoing of Hegelian dialectics leaves traces in Kojève and in Marxists like Lukács and Jameson • Presents accounts of disagreements and altercations between de Man and Heidegger and de Man and Derrida
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Material Inscriptions Rhetorical Reading in Practice and Theory Andrzej Warminski
June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 8122 8 £70.00
272pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 8123 5 £70.00
Readings that work through tropes disclose the material inscription at the origins of literary texts
Description The Author Focusing insistently on the practice of rhetorical reading, this book demonstrates Andrzej Warminski is Professor of how the self-undoing of tropological systems necessarily generates narratives English and Comparative Literature at which turn out to be allegories of their own conditions of (im)possibility. The the University of California, Irvine. volume also contains two essays on Paul de Man and literary theory, as well as an interview on the topic of ‘Deconstruction at Yale’. These latter texts are explicitly Series about the ‘place’ of rhetoric and its importance for any critical reading worthy of the name. As Warminski demonstrates, such ‘rhetorical reading’ is a species of The Frontiers of Theory ‘deconstructive reading’ – in the full ‘de Manian’ sense – but one that, rather than harkening back to a past over and done with, would open the texts to a diff erent Readership future. Academics, postgraduates and advanced undergraduates, in literary Key Features theory, critical theory, English studies, • New readings of texts by Wordsworth, Keats, Descartes, Nietzsche, and Henry comparative literature, Continental James philosophy, deconstruction, rhetoric • Essays and an interview on Paul de Man and ‘Deconstruction at Yale’ and communication. • Refl ects on and exemplifi es the pedagogical value of ‘de Manian’ rhetorical reading
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Our Nazis Representations of Fascism in Contemporary Literature and Film Petra Rau
May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 6864 9 £70.00
272pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6865 6 £70.00
An analysis of the resurgent cultural fascination with Nazism since 1989
Description The Author Why has a fascination with fascism re-emerged after the Cold War? What is Petra Rau is Senior Lecturer in English its cultural function now, in an era of commemoration? Focusing particularly Literature in the School of Historical on the British context, this study off ers the fi rst analysis of contemporary and Literary Studies at the University popular and literary fi ction, fi lm, TV and art exhibitions about Nazis and Nazism. of Portsmouth. Petra Rau brings this material into dialogue with earlier responses to fascism and demonstrates how, paradoxically, Nazism has been both mediated and Series mythologised to the extent that it now often replaces a critical engagement with actual, violent history. Edinburgh Critical Studies in War and Culture In 5 thematic chapters on Nazi Noir, Men in Uniform, Vile Bodies, The Good German and Meta-Cinematic Farce, Rau provides close analysis of contemporary Readership novels such as Jason Lutes’ graphic novel series Berlin, historical crime fi ction by Philip Kerr and others, Robert Harris’ Fatherland, Ian McEwan’s Black Dogs and Academics, postgraduates and Justin Cartwright’s The Song Before It Is Sung; fi lms such as Bryan Singer’sValkyrie advanced undergraduates. and Quentin Tarantino’s Inglorious Bastards; art installations including Mirroring Evil: Nazi Imagery/Recent Art, and Fucking Hell by Jake and Dinos Chapman; and Piotr Uklanski’s photo frieze, Untitled (The Nazis).
Key Features • Broad interdisciplinary approach which includes literature, fi lm, TV and art • Wide coverage of popular forms and High Art • Comparison with earlier material about fascism which reaches back to the 1930s
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com The Girlhood of Shakespeare's Sisters Gender, Transgression, Adolescence Jennifer Higginbotham
January 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 5590 8 £70.00
256pp 234x156mm 1 B&w illustration
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 5591 5 £70.00
The fi rst sustained study of girls and girlhood in early modern literature and culture
Description The Author Jennifer Higginbotham makes a persuasive case for a paradigm shift in our Jennifer Higginbotham is Assistant current conceptions of the early modern sex-gender system. She challenges the Professor of English at The Ohio State widespread assumption that the category of the 'girl' played little or no role in the University. construction of gender in early modern English culture. And she demonstrates that girl characters appeared in a variety of texts, from female infants in Series Shakespeare's late romances to little children in Tudor interludes to adult 'roaring girls' in city comedies. This monograph provides the fi rst book-length study of Edinburgh Critical Studies in Renaissance the way the literature and drama of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries Culture constructed the category of the 'girl'. Readership Key Features Academics: researchers in the fi eld, • Charts the emergence of the word 'girl' into early modern English and its professors, grad students, and evolution from a gender-neutral term applied to both male and female children advanced undergraduates. to one used only for female individuals • Challenges the misconception that girls were largely absent from English Renaissance literature • Off ers a literary history of female child characters in Renaissance drama, from Tudor interludes to the plays of Shakespeare and his contemporaries to later seventeenth-century closet dramas • Features an examination of how women writers described their own girlhoods
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Inventions of the Skin The Painted Body in Early English Drama Andrea Stevens
June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 7049 9 £70.00
232pp 234x156mm 12 B&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7050 5 £70.00
Examines the painted body of the actor on the early modern stage
Description The Author The signifi cance of turning healthy players into bloodied bodies, white players Andrea Stevens is an Assistant into Africans, and living players into gods, ghosts, statues and corpses are the Professor in the Department of English focus of this book. at the University of Illinois at Urbana- Champaign. Inventions of the Skin combines archival and materialist work on the early modern history of stage paint with period and contemporary accounts of embodiment Series and the phenomenology of audience reception. As this study recovers the concrete technology behind this grammar, it demonstrates the shaping infl uence Edinburgh Critical Studies in Renaissance of cosmetic materiality upon the content and the practical execution of plays. Culture Addressing current debates about the relationship between early- and pre- modern subjectivity and embodiment, this book furthermore challenges the Readership persistent notion that the drama of Shakespeare and his contemporaries was built predominantly around a new, ‘modern’ language of interiority. Academics, graduates and upper level undergraduates of Renaissance Literature and Culture, Shakespeare, Key Features Late Medieval and Early Modern • Illuminates a history of the stage technology of paint that extends backward to Drama, Theatre Historians, Cultural the 1460s York cycle and forward to the 1630s History of the Body. • The 4 chapters examine goldface and divinity in York’s Corpus Christi play, bloodiness in Elizabethan and Jacobean drama, racial masquerade within seventeenth-century court performances and popular plays, and whiteface, death and ‘stoniness’ across a range of plays, from sixteenth-century Protestant hagiographies to Jacobean tragedies to Shakespeare’s late romances • Recovers a crucial grammar of theatrical representation and argues that the onstage embodiment of characters forms an important and overlooked aspect of stage representation
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Atlantic Citizens Nineteenth-Century American Writers at Work in the World Leslie Eckel
February 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 6937 0 £70.00
256pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6938 7 £70.00
A rediscovery of the bold cosmopolitan activism and professional literary adventures of six antebellum writers
Description The Author By looking beyond the familiar works of Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, Ralph Leslie Elizabeth Eckel is Assistant Waldo Emerson, Walt Whitman, Grace Greenwood, Margaret Fuller and Frederick Professor of English at Suff olk Douglass to their public commentaries in lectures, reviews, and newspaper University in Boston. columns, this study uncovers their startling contributions to transatlantic culture. Louise Eckel argues that writing American literature was only one among their Series many vocational pursuits and that their work was powerfully infl uenced by wide- ranging political engagements and transnational friendships. Edinburgh Studies in Transatlantic Literatures The book’s chapters balance close readings of primary texts, both literary (poems, essays) and non-literary (newspaper articles, lectures) with critically informed Readership discussions of writers’ transatlantic experiences. While each focuses on a single author, each converses with other chapters on the subjects of nationalism, Scholars and students of nineteenth- cosmopolitanism, creativity, and reform. century literary and cultural studies. Specialists in literature, history, American studies, and transatlantic Key Features studies, nterested in issues of • Questions the 'American' identity of representative authors, even as they test nationalism and cosmopolitanism, the moral and geographical limits of American nationality public intellectualism and political • Demonstrates the political and commercial power of transatlantic networking activism, and literary work and related • Illuminates literature’s dependence upon other modes of professional creativity forms of professionalism (education, • Examines archival documents alongside familiar literary works journalism, lecturing, publishing).
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Transatlantic Avant-Gardes Litt le Magazines and Localist Modernism Eric B. White
February 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4521 3 £70.00
256pp 234x156mm 15 B&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4522 0 £70.00
A revisionary account of the evolution of twentieth-century modernism, concentrating on expressions of cultural localism in the modernist transatlantic
Description The Author Eric White explores new points of contact between European and American Eric White is Senior Lecturer in avant-gardes to place fi gures such as William Carlos Williams, Marianne Moore, American Literature at Oxford Brookes Wallace Stevens, Jean Toomer, and Alfred Kreymborg back into the 'global design' University. of literary modernism. He focuses on artist-run 'little magazines', including Others, The Little Review, Blast, The Dial, Contact, Fire!!, and Pagany together with fi ne press Series publications and mainstream print culture. White also reconsiders the boundaries that traditionally divide modernist literature into 'exile' and 'localist', or 'regionalist' Edinburgh Studies in Transatlantic and 'cosmopolitan', factions. Literatures
Key Features Readership • Provides a new account of the specialised literary networks that questioned the Academics, researchers in the fi eld, relationship between geographic place, textual space and national identity in graduate students, and advanced the modernist transatlantic undergraduates. • Complements modernist studies of American expatriates • Combines literary-historical, textual, and cultural criticism to deliver a 'networked' account of American modernism in the transatlantic context • Proposes a version of 'localist modernism' that prioritises issues of geographic and textual 'location' in transnational literary studies
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Nineteenth-Century U.S. Literature in Middle Eastern Languages Jeff rey Einboden May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4564 0 £70.00
256pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 8309 3 £70.00
A transnational study of the American Renaissance which explores the literary circulation of Middle Eastern translations of 19th-century U.S. literature
Description The Author In a pioneering approach to classic U.S. Literature, Jeff rey Einboden traces the Jeff rey Einboden is Assistant Professor global afterlives of literary icons from Washington Irving to Walt Whitman and in the Department of English at analyses 19th-century American authors as they now appear in Arabic, Hebrew Northern Illinois University. and Persian translation. Crossing linguistic, cultural and national boundaries, Middle Eastern renditions of U.S. texts are interrogated as critical readings and Series illuminating revisions of their American sources. Edinburgh Studies in Transatlantic Why does Moby-Dick both invite and resist Arabic translation? What are the Literatures religious and aesthetic implications of re-writing Leaves of Grass in Hebrew? How does rendering The Scarlet Letter into Persian transform Hawthorne's infamous Readership symbol? Uncovering the choices and changes made by prominent Middle Eastern translators, this study is the fi rst to reveal the signifi cance of 'orienting' Academics and postgraduates American classics, demonstrating how such a process off ers a valuable lens for in American Literary Studies, reconsidering U.S. literary origins, accenting and amplifying facets of the American Transatlantic Literary Studies, Renaissance customarily hidden. Translation Studies, Islamic and Middle Eastern Studies, Religious Studies. Key Features • Advances Transatlantic Studies through expanding the fi eld's critical perspective and methods • Provides vital transnational readings of Washington Irving, Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Herman Melville and Walt Whitman previously unacknowledged in American Studies • Develops and promotes a theory of global literary circulation, situating the American Renaissance as a pivotal movement, reaching back to ancient Middle Eastern sources, and forward to developing Middle Eastern transmissions.
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Muriel Rukeyser and Documentary The Poetics of Connection Catherine Gander
January 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 7053 6 £65.00
256pp 234x156mm 12 B&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7054 3 £65.00
Provides a new perspective on the documentary diversity of Muriel Rukeyser’s work and infl uences
Description The Author This study of twentieth-century American poet Muriel Rukeyser explores Catherine Gander works in the the multiple avenues of her ‘poetics of connection’ to reveal a profound American and Canadian Studies engagement with the equally intertextual documentary genre. It examines department of the University of previously overlooked photo narratives, poetry, prose and archival material and Nottingham. demonstrates an enduring dialogue between the poet’s relational aesthetics and documentary’s similarly interdisciplinary and creative approach to the world. By Readership considering the sources of documentary in Rukeyser’s work, the study provides insight into her guiding poetic principles, situating her as a vital fi gure in the Academics, postgraduates and upper history of twentieth-century American literature and culture, and as a pioneering level undergraduates of American personality in the development of American Studies. Literature, American Culture, Twentieth-Century Poetry, American Key Features Poetry, Documentary, Documentary Film & Photography. • Provides a new, interdisciplinary perspective on a critically neglected author • Examines previously overlooked material, including photo narratives, poetry, The book would have appeal prose, and archival material principally in the UK, the US and • Highlights Rukeyser’s role in the formation of American Studies Canada, although there are emerging • Outlines the development of documentary in the 1930s, and its role in the American Studies disciplines in parts formation of an American literary and cultural aesthetic of Europe, China, and the Far East.
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Afromodernisms Paris, Harlem, Haiti and the Avant-garde Edited by Fionnghuala Sweeney and Kate Marsh
January 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4640 1 £70.00
256pp 234x156mm 12 B&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4641 8 £70.00
Makes a persuasive case for a black Atlantic literary renaissance and its impact on modernist studies
Description The Author This study stretches and challenges current canonical confi gurations of Fionnghuala Sweeney is a Lecturer in modernism in two key ways: by considering the centrality of black artists, writers the School of English, Drama & Film at and intellectuals as key actors and core presences in the development of a University College Dublin. modernist avant-garde; and by interrogating 'blackness' as an aesthetic and political category at critical moments during the twentieth century. Kate Marsh is a Senior Lecturer in French at the University of Liverpool. This is the fi rst book-length publication to explore the term 'Afromodernisms' and the fi rst study to address together the cognate fi elds of modernism and the black Readership Atlantic. Academics, postgraduates and Key Features advanced undergraduates in English Studies, History, Cultural Studies, Film • Sets a new agenda for the study of blackness and modernism and Media Studies, Slavery Studies, • Specially commissioned contribution from Tyler Stovall on Black Modernism African American Studies, American and an Afterword from Demetrius Eudell on 'What to the Negro is Modernism?' Studies, Caribbean Studies, French & • Identifi es key locations of modernism: Harlem, Paris, Haiti Francophone Studies, Diaspora and • Addresses the question of gender, often overlooked in black Atlantic Postcolonial Studies, African Studies scholarship and Transnational Studies.
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Travellers' Tales of Wonder Chatwin, Naipaul, Sebald Simon Cooke
February 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 7546 3 £70.00
256pp 234x156mm 4 B&w illustrations 1 additional cover image
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7547 0 £70.00
Argues that ‘travellers’ tales of wonder’ are a vital yet unacknowledged presence in contemporary literature
Description The Author Exploring travellers’ tales of wonder in contemporary literature, this study Simon Cooke is Research Fellow challenges a sensibility of disenchantment with travel. It reassesses travel writing in English Literature, Edinburgh as an aesthetically and ethically innovative form in contemporary international University. literature, and demonstrates the crucial role of wonder in the travel narratives of writers such as Bruce Chatwin, V.S. Naipaul, and W.G. Sebald. Their ‘travellers’ tales Readership of wonder’ are read as a challenge to the hubris of thinking the world too well known, and an invitation to encounter the world – including its most troubling Academics, postgraduates, and histories – with a sense of wonder. upper level undergraduates of English (and comparative) Literature Key Features with an interest in travel writing, contemporary literature, and/or the • Reassesses the place of travel writing in literary history to argue that the genre historiography of wonder. is important as a site of aesthetic innovation and ethical engagement in contemporary literature • Demonstrates the central role of wonder in travel accounts often regarded as narratives of disenchantment • Explores the way travellers’ tales of wonder recover and renew ancient and early modern forms in approaching modern and contemporary issues • Off ers new, in-depth readings of the work of three major writers, in each case drawing on as yet unpublished results of archival research
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Reading Literature Historically Drama and Poetry from Chaucer to the Reformation Greg Walker
February 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 8101 3 £70.00
256pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 8102 0 £70.00
Pioneer of early-modern literary historicism reads Medieval and early Tudor drama and poetry historically
Description The Author How far should we try to read medieval and early modern texts historically? Greg Walker is Regius Professor of Does the attempt to uncover how such texts might have been received by their Rhetoric and English Literature at the original readers and audiences uncover new, hitherto unexpected contemporary University of Edinburgh. resonances in them? Or does it fl atten works of art into mere ‘secondary sources’ for historical analysis? This book makes the case for the study of literature in Readership context. It demonstrates the value of historical and cultural analysis alongside traditional literary scholarship for enriching our understanding of plays and Academics, postgraduates and upper- poems from the medieval and early Tudor past and of the cultures which level undergraduates in Medieval and produced and received them. It equally accepts the risks involved in that kind of Early Modern Drama, Chaucer, Early study. Modern Cultural History, Literature of the English and Scottish Reformations, Sixteenth-Century Literature. Key Features • Makes the case for reading medieval and early Tudor literature historically • Case studies of the interaction between literature and politics, from Chaucer to the reign of Henry VIII • Detailed analysis of key medieval and Renaissance texts, Chaucer’s Miller’s Tale, Sir Gawain and Green Knight, Sir David Lyndsay’s A Satire of the Three Estates • Turns a spotlight on hitherto neglected texts that reveal the challenges, rewards and potential pitfalls of reading literature historically
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Reference The Life of Sir Walter Scott by John Macrone Edited by Daniel Grader
February 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 6991 2 £65.00
256pp 234x156mm 4 B&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6992 9 £65.00
Annotated critical edition of a newly discovered life of Scott by one of his contemporaries
Description The Author John Macrone, who wrote this life of Scott in 1832-3, was admirably suited to Daniel Grader completed his PhD in the task; for, while he had never met Scott, his friends and associates included English Literature at the University Cunningham, Galt, and Hogg, who wrote his Anecdotes of Scott for publication of St. Andrews in 2010 having in Macrone's book. A quarrel with Lockhart, however, put a stop to the project, completed an MSc by Research in and nothing more was heard of it until the recent discovery of an autograph English Literature and MA (Hons) manuscript, here edited and published for the fi rst time. A well-written and in English Literature and Classics at carefully-researched narrative, it increases our knowledge of Scott's life and the University of Edinburgh. He is work as perceived by his contemporaries, as well as enabling us to read Hogg's currently an independent scholar. Anecdotes in their original context. The editor's introduction draws extensively on uncollected and unpublished material to illuminate Macrone's career, in the Readership course of which he became the friend and publisher of Dickens, Thackeray, and Moore. Academics, postgraduates, upper level undergraduates of Scottish Key Features Literature, Romanticism, Nineteenth- Century Literature, Victorian Literature, • The fi rst publication of a manuscript which was believed to be lost Cultural History, Literary Biography, • Provides a hitherto unknown contemporary perspective on Sir Walter Scott's Sir Walter Scott, James Hogg, Charles life and work Dickens. Educated general readers • Includes an introduction by the editor and a specially commissioned essay by and collectors interested in Scott and Gillian Hughes giving a detailed account of Macrone’s career based largely on Hogg. uncollected or unpublished material • Establishes a new context for James Hogg's Anecdotes of Scott
Table of Contents Chapter I. Macrone at Abbotsford and Innerleithen in 1832 Chapter 2. 1771-1797 Chapter 3. 1797-1815 Chapter 4. The Novelist Chapter 5. Scott at Abbotsford Literary Studies Chapter 6. Miscellaneous Traits and Anecdotes 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Chapter 7. 1831-2 tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Chapter 8. Eulogy fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Virginia Woolf and the Materiality of Theory Sex, Animal, Life Derek Ryan
March 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 7643 9 £70.00
256pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7644 6 £70.00
Explores Woolf’s writing alongside new materialist theories of sexuality, animality and posthuman life
Description The Author How does Virginia Woolf conceptualise the material world? In what ways has Derek Ryan is a Lecturer in English Woolf’s modernism aff ected understandings of materiality, and what new Literature at the University of Exeter. perspectives does she off er contemporary theoretical debates? Derek Ryan demonstrates how materiality is theorised in Woolf’s writings by focusing on Readership the connections she makes between culture and nature, embodiment and environment, human and nonhuman, life and matter. Through close readings of Academics, postgraduates and upper texts including To the Lighthouse, Orlando, A Room of One’s Own, The Waves, Flush, level undergraduates in Virginia and Sketch of the Past, he details the fresh insights Woolf provides into issues Woolf Studies, Modernism and concerning the natural world, sexual diff erence, sexuality, animality, and life itself. Modernist Studies, Deleuze Studies, Contemporary Literary Theory, Queer Ryan opens up Woolf studies to new theoretical paradigms by placing Woolf in Theory, Animal Studies, Feminist dialogue with Gilles Deleuze – who cites her modernist aesthetics as exemplary Studies. of some of his most important philosophical concepts – as well as eminent contemporary theorists including Rosi Braidotti, Donna Haraway, Karen Barad, and Jane Bennett, all of whom have infl uenced the recent critical turn towards new materialisms. Locating theory within Woolf’s writing as well as locating Woolf within theory, Virginia Woolf and the Materiality of Theory: Sex, Animal, Life brings her modernism fi rmly into to the foreground of current debates in literary studies, feminist philosophy, queer theory, animal studies and posthumanities.
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com The Modernist Party Edited by Kate McLoughlin
March 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4731 6 £70.00
256pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4732 3 £70.00
Leading international scholars explore the party's signifi cance to Modernism
Description The Author Have you ever been struck by the number of parties in Modernist literature? Kate McLoughlin is a Senior Lecturer Mrs. Ramsay drowns in anguish at the dinner-party she gives in Woolf's To The in English Literature at Birkbeck, Lighthouse. Death is a guest in Katherine Mansfi eld's The Garden Party. Politics sour University of London. the evening party in Joyce's The Dead. Have you also noticed the role played by parties in the public intellectual culture of Modernism? A party held in London by Readership Amy Lowell on 17 July 1914, attended by Ezra Pound, Ford Madox Ford, H.D. and Richard Aldington, degenerated into an argument over the nature of Imagism. On Modernist scholars, postgraduate 18 May 1922, Proust, Joyce, Picasso, Stravinsky and Diaghilev met at a post-ballet students of Modernist literature, and party at Paris's Hotel Majestic: an unrepeatable encounter between Modernism's undergraduates reading literature leading fi gures. (English, American, comparative). There is also a potential audience In The Modernist Party, internationally distinguished scholars explore the party of non-specialists with an interest in both as a literary device and as a social setting in which the movement's creative literature. values were developed.
Key Features • Develops the concept of space, currently of central concern to Modernist scholars • Explores the tensions between Modernism as an aesthetics of intensity and Modernism as a movement of the everyday • Adds a new and vital area of research to investigations of Modernism as the product of intellectual and social networks
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Haptic Modernism Touch and the Tactile in Modernist Writing Abbie Garrington
May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4174 1 £70.00
240pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 8253 9 £70.00
Opens up the fi eld of literary studies to the promise of a haptic-oriented analysis
Description The Author This book contends that the haptic sense – combining touch, kinaesthesis and Abbie Garrington Lecturer in proprioception – was fi rst fully conceptualised and explored in the modernist Nineteenth and Twentieth Century period, in response to radical new bodily experiences brought about by scientifi c, Literature at the University of technological and psychological change. Newcastle.
How does the body's sense of its own movement shift when confronted with Readership modernist fi lm? How might travel by motorcar disorientate one suffi ciently to bring about an existential crisis? If the body is made of divisible atoms, what Academics, postgraduates and work can it do to slow the fl eeting moment of modernist life? The answers to all advanced undergraduates, studying these questions and many more can be found in the work of four major writers of modernism, literary modernism, the modernist canon – James Joyce, Virginia Woolf, D. H. Lawrence and Dorothy Twentieth-Century literature and Richardson. They suggest that haptic experience is at the heart of existence in the culture. early twentieth century, and each displays a fascination with the elusive sense of touch. Yet these writers go further, undertaking formal experiments which enable their own writing to provoke a haptic response in their readers.
By defi ning the haptic, and by looking at its role in the work of these major names of modernist writing, this book opens up the fi eld of literary studies to the promise of a haptic-oriented analysis, identifying a rich seam of literary work we can call 'haptic modernism'.
Key Features • Off ers a coherent history of ideas of the haptic, tracing their impact on literary innovation • Analyses the transformations of haptic experience in the modernist period, and its roots in developments in mechanised transport, the cinema, contemporary science and the rapidly modernising city • Provides in-depth studies of the work of Joyce, Woolf, Lawrence and Richardson Literary Studies from a new, haptic-oriented perspective, shedding new light on familiar fi gures of the modernist avant-garde 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF • Puts literary experiments with the haptic in the context of work on touch in tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 other fi elds including fi lm theory, sociology, computer science and physiology fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Don Paterson Contemporary Critical Essays Edited by Natalie Pollard
June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 6941 7 £70.00
240pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6942 4 £70.00
The fi rst collection of critical essays on the prize-winning contemporary British poet, Don Paterson
Description The Author In 10 original chapters, leading literary critics and writers discuss the social, Natalie Pollard is currently a British historical and personal dimensions of Paterson’s poetry and prose including Academy Research Fellow in the Rain, Orpheus, Landing Light, The Eyes, God’s Gift to Women, Nil Nil, The Book Department of English at the of Shadows and Reading Shakespeare’s Sonnets. A critical introduction and an University of Reading. opening interview with Don Paterson clearly situate his work in dialogue with the Modernist, Movement, contemporary and theoretical voices that inform it. Readership The book shows that Paterson is a fi gure who actively negotiates his place within literary history, as well as confronting that history with lyric grace, humour and Lecturers, postgraduates and directness. undergraduates of Scottish Literature, Scottish Poetry, Contemporary Key Features Literature, Poetry, Scottish Language and Culture. Poetry enthusiasts. • The fi rst critical study of Don Paterson’s writing • Includes web-based recordings by Don Paterson of the poems that are discussed in the volume • 10 new critical essays, by contributors including Derek Attridge and John Kinsella, an introduction, an interview with Don Paterson, a biography and bibliography • Explores Paterson’s Scottish contexts, his aphorisms, his poetic theory and lyric practice, his sonnets, his irony and modes of speech as well as translation, spirituality, father-son relations, the poetry avant-garde and poetry publishing
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New Edition Key Concepts in Literary Theory 3rd Edition Julian Wolfreys, Ruth Robbins and Kenneth Womack September 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 6839 7 £16.99
240pp 198x129mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6840 3 £16.99
Provides clear and useful discussions of the main areas of literary, critical and cultural theory
Description The Author Key Concepts in Literary Theory presents the student of literary and critical studies Julian Wolfreys is Professor of Modern with a broad range of accessible, precise and authoritative defi nitions of the most Literature and Culture, with the signifi cant terms and concepts currently used in psychoanalytic, poststructuralist, Department of English and Drama, at Marxist, feminist, and postcolonial literary studies. Loughborough University.
Key Features Ruth Robbins is Senior Lecturer in English at Leeds Metropolitan • More than 100 additional terms and concepts defi ned University. • Newly defi ned terms include keywords from the social sciences, cultural studies and psychoanalysis and the addition of a broader selection of classical Kenneth Womack is Professor of rhetorical terms Englisj and Intergrative Arts at Penn • An expanded chronology, with additional entries and a broader historical and State University's Altoona College, cultural range where he also serves as Associate • Expanded bibliographies including key texts by major critics Dean for Academic Aff airs.
Selling Points Readership • Sold over 1400 copies of 2nd edition Undergraduate and postgraduate • Revised and updated to include more defi nitions, a wider historical range and students and lecturers in literary expanded biographies section theory, literary criticism.
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Creative Criticism An Anthology and Guide Stephen Benson and Clare Connors
October 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7433 6 £24.99
336pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 7432 9 £75.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7434 3 £75.00
The fi rst anthology and guide to the creative possibilities of critical writing
Description The Author ‘We murder to dissect’ writes Wordsworth. It’s a sentiment shared by many Stephen Benson is a Senior Lecturer in lovers of literature and art, as well as by artists and writers themselves. Too often the School of Literature and Creative academic critical writing seems to annihilate what it analyses. Too often, it brings Writing at the University of East Anglia. pre-packaged language to bear on works whose whole essence and aim is to change the ways in which we see and describe our world. How, then, to write Clare Connors is a Lecturer in the criticism? Creative-Critical Writing: A Reader gathers together, for the fi rst time, School of Literature, Drama and writers who strive to fi nd answers to this dilemma. Including works by creative Creative Writing at the University of critics as diff erent from one another as Anne Carson and Jacques Derrida, Geoff East Anglia. Dyer and Hélène Cixous, it celebrates writing whose formal and intellectual inventiveness is inseparable from a deep fi delity to the writing, art or music it Readership addresses. The Reader off ers at once a guide and a goad for all students and teachers and critics of literature and creative writing. Upper level undergraduate and postgraduate students, lecturers in Key Features creative writing, critical theory, literary theory and cultural studies. • A thorough introduction to the theory and practice of creative-critical writing • An anthology of innovative and inventive work from some of the most infl uential writer-critics of the past thirty years • Five new essays from leading practitioners, each off ering a distinctive take on creative-critical writing today
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com A Dictionary of Modernism Edited by Vassiliki Kolocotroni and Olga Taxidou
October 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 3703 4 £24.99
504pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 3702 7 £75.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 3704 1 £75.00
Covers the movements, concepts and fi gures associated with European modernism
Description The Editors
This Dictionary is the fi rst to gather, delineate and make accessible the literary, Vassiliki Kolocotroni is Senior Lecturer artistic, critical, cultural and political practices that we associate with Modernism. in English Literature at University of Glasgow. It provides a wide ranging resource both to the canon of 'High Modernism' and to current theoretical perspectives that have contributed to the renewed interest Olga Taxidou is Reader in English in Modernism and have lent it renewed range and critical rigour in the early Literature and Drama at the University twenty-fi rst century. A team of current experts in the fi eld provide clear and fully of Edinburgh. contextualised defi nitions of key terms, concepts, texts, movements, practitioners, as well as infl uential critical views and legacies. The entries cover Anglophone Modernism as well as giving full attention to signifi cant fi gures, ideas and Readership movements in European, North and South American culture and to infl uences Students, teachers and academics in from non-Western cultures the fi eld of Modernism Twentieth- Century Literature and Culture. The Dictionary can be used either as a companion to the editors' successful Modernism: An Anthology of Sources and Documents or as a stand alone reference work and provides both new researchers and experienced scholars with a thorough and up-to-date guide to this vibrant fi eld.
Key Features • Comprises authoritative entries written by a dedicated team of experts in the fi eld • A timely and rich addition to the resources available to students and scholars of a subject currently in great demand throughout the English-speaking world • With its chronological and thematic scope and comprehensive coverage, the Dictionary is set to become the defi nitive work of reference in the fi eld
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback Cosmetics in Shakespearean and Renaissance Drama Farah Karim-Cooper
October 2012 Pb 978 0 7486 7333 9 £19.99
232pp 234x156mm 17 b&w illustrations Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 1993 1 £26.99 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 2712 7 £26.99
Examines how the plays of Shakespeare and his contemporaries dramatise the cultural preoccupation with cosmetics Description The Author Farah Karim-Cooper analyses contemporary tracts that address the then- Farah Karim-Cooper is the Globe contentious issue of cosmetic practice and identifi es a 'culture of cosmetics', Education Lecturer at Shakespeare’s which fi nds its visual identity on the Renaissance stage. She also examines Globe and Visiting Research Fellow of cosmetic recipes and their relationship to drama as well as to the construction of King’s College, London. early modern identities. Readership Key Features Scholars of Shakespeare, Early Modern • The only in-depth study of cosmetic culture and its visual representation on the Drama, Theatre History, Gender Renaissance stage Studies and Women’s History. Upper • Provides original views of Shakespearean and Renaissance drama by examining level ndergraduates in English and its preoccupation with cosmetic ingredients, metaphors and the staging of drama departments; students on MA painted beauty programs to do with Shakespeare, • Off ers insight into Renaissance women's cosmetic practice by uncovering a Renaissance Literature, Renaissance wide range of ingredients, methods and materials used in the construction of History and Art, Gender and Cultural cosmetics Studies; PhD students studying the • Includes numerous cosmetic recipes found in early modern printed books, early modern period or contemporary never before published in a modern edition cultural studies, specifi cally, gender, race, the history of beauty and art. Secondary readership Individuals: theatre historians, performance scholars, theatre practitioners (current trend in Shakespearean theatre to use original practices in staging Renaissance plays: e.g. the Globe and RSC in London; the Blackfriars in Vriginia). Institutional: Theatres, arts education programs, museums.
Literary Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
The Family in the Roman World Mary Harlow and Tim Parkin
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 3790 4 £19.99
224pp 234x156mm 35 b&w illustrations Hb 978 0 7486 3789 8 £60.00
Examines modern debates and controversies that have made up the history of the Roman family
Description The Author What did it feel like to be a member of a Roman family? How diff erent was it Mary Harlow is a Senior Lecturer being a daughter rather than a son, a husband rather than a wife? What role did in Roman History at the University grandparents play in the family? Did children matter? How did experiences diff er of Birmingham. She has co–edited among various classes and geographical areas of the Roman empire over time, various classics titles including especially with the advent of Christianity? Growing Up and Growing Old in Ancient Rome: A Life Course Approach Looking at written texts (literary, epigraphical; and papyrological) and (Routledge, 2002). Along with Tim archaeological evidence (ranging from household items to house plans), this Parkin she wrote, The Greek and Roman book examines the interactions of ideals and social realities, and the issues and Family for The Blackwell Companion controversies that surround the history of the family. It will show both students to Ancient History edited by Andrew and teachers the nature of modern debates and enable them to assess the Erskine (2008). ancient evidence fi rst hand. Tim Parkin is Professor of Ancient History at the University of Key Features Manchester. He is widely published and his most recent book is Roman • Source materials combined with examination of key topics Social History: A Sourcebook with A. J. • Wide range of sources including literary, archaeological, artistic, legal, Pomeroy (Routledge, 2007). documentary, coins and inscriptions • Gathers key texts in one place Series • Useful tools such as glossary, bibliography and questions for consideration Debates and Documents in Ancient • Guides to further reading and web resources to encourage research History Key Features Readership Undergraduate and graduate students • Both editors are widely published studying ancient history, classics and archaeology.
Classics & Ancient History
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Republican Democracy Liberty, Law and Politics Edited by Andreas Niederberger and Philipp Schink
May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4306 6 £70.00
320pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7759 7 £70.00
A new theory of democracy and an alternative to contemporary liberalism
Description The Editors This book explores the historical and theoretical relationships between Andreas Niederberger is Associate democracy and republicanism, and their consequences. It expands on the Professor of Philosophy at the Johann foundational principle of republicanism, and puts forward new insights into Wolfgang Goethe-University, Frankfurt. connections between liberty, law and democratic politics, and a radically new conceptualisation of the meaning and structure of democratic institutions and Philipp Schink is Assistant Professor of procedures. Philosophy at the Johann Wolfgang Goethe-University, Frankfurt.
Readership Upper level undergraduates, postgraduates and academics in Politics, Philosophy and Law.
Politics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Human Rights from Community A Rights-Based Approach to Development Oche Onazi
June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 5467 3 £65.00
256pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 5468 0 £65.00
How community can inspire poor and vulnerable individuals to realise their human rights
Description The Author Oche Onazi uses Nigeria as a case study to show how the idea of community is a Oche Onazi is Lecturer in Law at the better alternative to state and market-based approaches to human rights, which University of Dundee. lead to poverty, exclusion and a lack of participation. He argues that community is capable of inspiring the poor and the vulnerable to organise themselves Series democratically and claim ownership of the processes that determine their human rights. Studies in Global Justice and Human Rights More books in the Studies in Global Justice and Human Rights series Readership Institutions in Global Distributive Justice Andras Miklos MA students and academics in Politics, February 2013 Philosophy, Law. Hb 978 0 7486 4471 1 £65.00
Rwanda and the Moral Obligation of Humanitarian Intervention Joshua James Kassner November 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 4458 2 £65.00
Health Inequalities and Global Justice Edited by Patti Tamara Lenard and Christine Straehle August 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 4692 0 £65.00
Retheorising Statelessness: A Background Theory of Membership in World Politics Kelly Staples July 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 4277 9 £65.00 Politics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback Evil in Contemporary Political Theory Edited by Bruce Haddock, Peri Roberts and Peter Sutch
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 6859 5 £24.99
240pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats (2011): Hb 978 0 7486 4196 3 £65.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 5412 3 £65.00
Explores the actual and possible roles of evil in current-day international politics
Description The Editors Politicians and the press exploit the rhetorical strength of the word ‘evil’ in phrases Bruce Haddock holds the Chair in such as ‘evil regimes’ or ‘Axis of Evil’. But does it have any role in political theory? European Social and Political Thought at Cardiff University. He has published The contributors to this volume systematically explore the competing defi nitions numerous books and articles, most of 'evil' and make sense of the political spin to discover how evil has shaped our recently A History of Political Thought: judgements in humanitarian international law, post-confl ict situations and the From Antiquity to the Present (Polity: notion of forgiveness. They fi nd suprising agreement in modern cultures on the 2008). evils that confront human communities – genocide, torture, slavery. It is here, where our tolerance reaches breaking point, that the concept of evil can be Peri Roberts is Senior Lecturer in the applied. School of European Studies at Cardiff University. He is author of Political Key Features Constructivism (Routledge: 2007) and contributed to Multiculturalism, • Shows the usefulness of the concept of evil in the development of Identity and Rights (Routledge: 2003). humanitarian international law, theorising post-confl ict situations, the notion of forgiveness and making sense of political spin Peter Sutch is Senior Lecturer in the School of European Studies at Cardiff University. He is co-author, with Peri Selling Points Roberts, of An Introduction to Political Thought (EUP: 2012). • Evil is always topical, as stories of torture, kidnap and war atrocities dominate the news • The hardback has sold over 200 copies worldwide since publication in 2011 Readership Senior undergraduates, postgraduates Contributors & Affi liations and academics in politics and philosophy taking courses in Ethics David Boucher, Cardiff University and Global Ethics, History, Cultural Kerstin Budde, University of Birmingham Studies and Religious Studies. Mark Evans, Swansea University Eve Garrard, University of Manchester Bruce Haddock, Cardiff University Politics John Horton, Keele University John Milbank, University of Nottingham 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Peri Roberts, Cardiff University tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Richard Shorten, University of Birmingham fax: +44 (0)131 662 0053 Peter Sutch, Cardiff University [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Agamben and the Politics of Human Rights Statelessness, Images, Violence John Lechte and Saul Newman
May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4572 5 £65.00
192pp 234x156mm 4 b&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7772 6 £65.00
Can human rights protect the stateless? Or are they permanently excluded from politics?
Description The Authors We are living in world in which human rights are violated on an unprecedented John Lechte is Associate Professor and scale, often by the very sovereign states who claim to protect them. According Head of the Department of Sociology to Giorgio Agamben, this is no coincidence: he argues that human rights are at Macquarie University. actually a sign of our growing powerlessness and political alienation in the face of a sovereign state of exception that has become global. Saul Newman is Reader in Political Theory at Goldsmiths, University of Taking Agamben's critique as their starting point, Lechte and Newman reveal London. the paradoxes central to the politics of human rights by exploring questions of statelessness, exclusion, the violence of security and the visual representation of Readership refugees and illegal migrants in the media. They propose a radical rethinking of human rights: as disengaged from humanitarianism, biopolitics, sovereignty and Academics and MA students in the society of the spectacle; as becoming genuinely political. politics and philosophy, working on contemporary political theory, Continental philosophy, human rights; humanitarian law, Agamben.
Politics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Global Solidarity Lawrence Wilde
January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4028 7 £24.99
304pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4029 4 £65.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7454 1 £65.00
Can globalisation provide the conditions for a harmonious global community?
Description The Author ‘Solidarity’ has been a mobilising word since the mid-19th century, conjuring Lawrence Wilde is Professor of Political images of united action in pursuit of social justice. Lawrence Wilde explores Theory, Nottingham Trent University. this concept and raises the question of whether solidarity among strangers is a meaningful aspiration in our globalising age. Looking to the future, he explores Readership the politics of global solidarity and the conditions required for its development. Upper level undergraduates and MA Key Features students in politics and philosophy taking courses in Globalisation, • Distinguishes between various conceptualisations of solidarity Cosmopolitanism, Global Democracy, • Critically examines the work of Rorty, Honneth, Touraine, Habermas and Fraser Global Civil Society, Global Citizenship, • Argues for a radical humanist alternative grounded in virtue ethics Global Justice, Human Rights and • Examines areas of social division – nationalism, gender, religion and culture – Nationalism and suggests how to reconcile them
Selling Points • Global Citizenship: An Introduction by Nigel Dower has sold around 1,300 paperbacks worldwide since publication in 2003
Table of Contents
1. The Evolution of a Concept 2. Theories of Solidarity 3. A Radical Humanist Approach to Human Solidarity 4. Superseding the Nation 5. A Gendered Solidarity 6. Post-Secular Solidarity 7. A Culture of Global Solidarity 8. A Politics of Global Solidarity Politics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback Grounding Cosmopolitanism From Kant to the Idea of a Cosmopolitan Constitution Garrett Wallace Brown
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7730 6 £24.99
248pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats (2009): Hb 978 0 7486 3881 9 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4092 8 £70.00
Relates a Kantian form of cosmopolitan theory to the requirements for a constitutional global order
Description The Author Garrett Wallace Brown explores and defends topics such as cosmopolitan law, Garrett Wallace Brown is Lecturer in cosmopolitan right, the laws of hospitality, a Kantian federation of states, a Politics at the University of Sheffi eld. cosmopolitan epistemology of culture and a possible normative basis for a Kantian form of global distributive justice. Readership Selling Points MA level students, academics and researchers in politics, IR, philosophy, • The hardback has sold over 300 copies worldwide since publication in 2009 legal theory, Kantian philosophy, political theory, globalisation studies, Table of Contents and global governance.
A Note on the Texts and Kant Referencing Secondary market of international Acknowledgements lawyers and professionals working in Introduction global justice.
Part One 1. Kant’s Cosmopolitanism 2. Kant’s Cosmopolitan Law and the Idea of a Cosmopolitan Constitution
Part Two 3. State Sovereignty, Federation and Kant’s Cosmopolitanism 4. Cultural Diff erence and Kant’s Cosmopolitan Law 5. Distributive Justice and the Capability for Eff ective Autonomy 6. Conclusion: Applied Theory and a Continued Cosmopolitan Enthusiasm Bibliography Index .
Politics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Institutions in Global Distributive Justice András Miklós
February 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4471 1 £65.00
192pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4472 8 £65.00
The fi rst systematic treatment of the role of institutions in cosmopolitan theories of distributive justice
Description The Author Treating an institution as a public system of rules that defi nes positions, rights and András Miklós teaches at the duties, this book uses a philosophical argument to analyse the roles that social, Department of Philosophy and the economic and political institutions play in conditioning the justifi cation, scope William E. Simon Graduate School of and content of principles of justice. Business at the University of Rochester.
By critically evaluating a number of positions about institutions role in generating Series requirements of distributive justice, András Miklós and considers the implication for the scope – global or otherwise – of justice. He then develops a new theory Studies in Global Justice and Human about the role political and economic institutions play in determining the content Rights of requirements of distributive justice and, in a cosmopolitan argument against statist positions, shows how they can aff ect the scope of application of these Readership requirements. MA students and academics in politics, international relations and More books in the Studies in Global Justice and Human Rights series philosophy. Human Rights from Community A Rights-Based Approach to Development Oche Onazi June 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 5467 3 £65.00 Rwanda and the Moral Obligation of Humanitarian Intervention Joshua James Kassner November 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 4458 2 £65.00 Health Inequalities and Global Justice Edited by Patti Tamara Lenard and Christine Straehle August 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 4692 0 £65.00 Retheorising Statelessness: Politics A Background Theory of Membership in World Politics Kelly Staples 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF July 2012 tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Hb 978 0 7486 4277 9 £65.00 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Intelligence Studies in Britain and the US Historiography since 1945 Edited by Christopher R. Moran and Christopher J. Murphy
March 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4627 2 £70.00
288pp 234x156mm 10 b&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7756 6 £70.00
How academics, novelists, conspiracy theorists and former spies write about intelligence
Description The Editors Secrecy has never stopped people from writing about intelligence. From memoirs Christopher R. Moran is Assistant and academic texts to conspiracy-laden exposés and spy novels, writing on Professor of US National Security intelligence abounds despite the intelligence services’ reluctance to open their in the Department of Politics and activities up to public scrutiny. Now, this new account uncovers intelligence International Studies at the University historiography’s hugely important role in shaping popular understandings of of Warwick. intelligence. Christopher J. Murphy is Lecturer In this, the fi rst introduction to these offi cial and unoffi cial histories, a range in Intelligence in the School of of leading contributors narrate and interpret the development of intelligence Humanities, Languages and Social studies as a discipline. Each chapter showcases new archival material, looking Sciences at the University of Salford, at a particular book or series of books and considering issues of production, and Programme Leader for the MA in censorship, representation and reception. Intelligence and Security Studies.
Key Features Readership • Explores topics such as CIA historiography, MI5/MI6 historiography, the Academics and MA-level students literature of eavesdropping and the importance of fi lm in constructing proto-or in politics, international studies, war counter-histories of intelligence studies, American studies, history and • Off ers original insights into intelligence through an engagement with its past intelligence studies. formulation and emerging patterns
Politics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Intelligence Studies in Britain and the US Historiography since 1945 Edited by Christopher R. Moran and Christopher J. Murphy
Contributors & Affi liations
Richard J. Aldrich, Director of the Institute of Advanced Study at the University of Warwick Christopher Baxter, Honorary Lecturer in Intelligence History at Queen’s University Belfast Jim Beach, Senior Lecturer in Twentieth Century History at the University of Northampton and Secretary of the Army Records Society Nicholas Dujmovic, CIA History Staff Melissa Graves, project coordinator and instructor at the University of Mississippi’s (UM) Center for Intelligence and Security Studies Frederick P. Hitz, Adjunct Professor at the Frank Batten School of Leadership and Public Policy, Senior Fellow at the Center for National Security Law and an adjunct Professor at the School of Law, all at the University of Virginia and, from 1990–1998, was the fi rst statutory Inspector General of CIA Keith Jeff ery, took his history Ph.D. at Cambridge University, is emeritus professor of history at the University of Edinburgh and honorary president of the Scottish Association for the Study of America Rhodri Jeff reys-Jones, University of Edinburgh (Emeritus) and honorary president of the Scottish Association for the Study of America Robert Johnson, Director of the Oxford Changing Character of War Programme at the University of Oxford Matthew Jones, Professor of Modern History at the University of Nottingham Daniel Lomas, PhD student at the University of Salford Paul McGarr, Advanced Research Fellow in the Department of American and Canadian Studies at the University of Nottingham Kaeten Mistry, Lecturer in American History at the University of East Anglia Samantha Newbery, Lecturer in Contemporary Intelligence Studies in the University of Salford’s Politics and Contemporary History Directorate Chapman Pincher is a renowned investigative journalist and writer of espionage books Eric Pullin is Assistant Professor of History at Carthage College Adam D.M. Svendsen is an intelligence and defence strategist, educator and researcher, based in the Centre for Military Studies (CMS), Department of Political Science, University of Copenhagen, Denmark Simon Willmetts is a Lecturer in American History and Culture at the University of Hull
Politics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Trade Scotland's Choices The Referendum and What Happens After It Iain McLean, Guy Lodge and Jim Gallagher
May 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 6987 5 £12.99
256pp 234x156mm
Yes Scotland or Better Together? Your guide to the options likely to be presented in Scotland’s independence referendum
Selling Points The Authors • Supported by a full publicity campaign, targeting Scottish and British Iain McLean is Offi cial Fellow in broadsheets and political magazines and politics and current aff airs radio and Politics, Nuffi eld College, Oxford, and TV programmes Professor of Politics, University of • Publishing in advance of the 2014 Scottish independence referendum, when Oxford. He is the author of more than interest in the feasibility of independence will be at its peak 100 papers and 15 books. • Unbiased: lays out the facts without taking sides, appealing to people across Guy Lodge is Associate Director of the the political spectrum and to those who have yet to decide which way to vote Institute for Public Policy Research • The author team has an intimate knowledge of both Holyrood and (IPPR), the UK’s leading progressive Westminster, with unrivalled credentials think tank. He is author of several Description IPPR publications and, with Anthony Seldon, of Brown at Ten (2010: Following the signing of the Edinburgh Agreement in October 2012, Scotland’s Biteback). voters are promised a referendum on independence in autumn 2014. If they reject Jim Gallagher was senior advisor to independence, the proposed changes from the Calman Commission’s review on the Prime Minister on devolution Scottish Devolution will most likely be put in place. strategy (2007–2010) and was But what will happen after the referendum? How will Westminster and the rest Secretary of the Calman Commission of the UK respond? What would a Calman regime entail? Is it even clear what on Scottish Devolution. He is Gwilym independence will mean? What about the oil? What will the currency be? What Gibbon Fellow at Nuffi eld College, will happen to the Old Age Pension pot if the UK splits? Oxford, and expert advisor to the Scottish Parliament, appointed to This book explains what both options would entail, in plain language, presenting advise the committee considering the the facts without taking sides. It focuses, not on which option is likely to win, but Scotland Bill. on how they would be put into place in practice. Readership Key Features Engaged voters, expat Scots, political • A handbook for voters who want to fully understand their options activists, political commentators, • Looks at the key issues: independence within the EU, the Calman Commission journalists, politicians and other recommendations, the welfare state, money issues and oil revenues interested individuals. • Written by leading experts who have been at the heart of the political process and are equipped to ask hard questions about both options Politics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
New Edition Scott ish Education 4th Edition Edited by T. G. K. Bryce, W. M. Humes, Donald Gillies and Aileen Kennedy
July 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4582 4 £29.99
1040pp 244x172mm
Fourth edition of the best-selling guide to Scottish Education
Description The Author Signifi cantly revised and updated, this 4th edition refl ects the considerable T. G. K. Bryce is Professor of Education changes that have taken place in education in recent years, taking account of a in the Faculty of Education at the wealth of new research evidence. Featuring 60 new authors, the latest volume University of Strathclyde. contains fresh, forthright and informed commentary on every aspect of education W. M. Humes is Research Professor and is essential reading for anyone concerned to know how education 'works' in in Education at the University of the Scotland. It examines educational practice and professional thinking from pre- West of Scotland. school and primary, through secondary, further and higher education; and locates Scottish education within its social, cultural and political context. Donald Gillies is a Lecturer in the School of Education at the University Reviews of the 3rd Edition: of Strathclyde. 'An impressive and informative volume... containing up-to-the-minute information on Aileen Kennedy is a Senior Lecturer the state of Scottish education, excellent analysis, critique and self-questioning.' in the School of Education at the British Journal of Educational Studies University of Strathclyde 'A compendium which provides a complete overview of the Scottish education system. Readership In all, this is a book even bigger than the sum of its parts.' Education in the North Undergraduates and postgraduates 'The appearance in late 1999 of the monumental Scottish Education met widespread on teacher-training courses at Scottish acclaim within and beyond the education community... The third edition is a worthy universities. successor. It demonstrates the same massive scale, and the same encyclopaedic Previous Edition: coverage... there are numerous chapters where the level of analysis is impressively high, which are models of lucidity, perceptive and stimulating, and well (in some cases, Third Edition elegantly) written.' Pb 978 0 74865 2593 2 £29.99 Times Education Supplement August 2008
Selling Points
• Bestseller – annual sales of 750 • Strong course adoptions • Respected editors and contributors, including 60 new authors • Will be suppiorted pre-publication by a detailed fl yer Scottish Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
The Anglo-American Relationship Steve Marsh and Alan P. Dobson
July 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 3931 1 £24.99
320pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 3932 8 £75.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7807 5 £75.00
Introduces the history, controversies and contemporary relevance of the US–UK Special Relationship
Description The Authors The 9/11 terrorist attacks on the US and the subsequent intervention in Iraq have Steve Marsh is Senior Lecturer in brought the debate about Anglo-American relations beyond academic circles and Politics at Cardiff University. into the public domain. But that's just the latest facet of the ‘Special Relationship’: a term coined by Winston Churchill as long ago as 1946. Alan P. Dobson is Professor of Politics at the University of Dundee. This textbook introduces the origins and distinctive features of the Special Relationship, the justifi cations for its continuing importance in contemporary Series international relations and the disputes about its authenticity. Edinburgh Studies in Anglo-American Key Features Relations • Innovative structure mixes thematic, chronological and regional approaches to Readership give a full picture of Anglo-American approaches • Split into 3 parts: 'Elements of specialness', 'Cold War Anglo-American relations' Upper level undergraduates students and 'Post-Cold War Anglo-American relations' in politics, international relations, • Useful features for students include timelines, a glossary and recommendations American studies and history. for further reading • Introduces the history, controversies and contemporary relevance of the US–UK Special Relationship
Politics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
The Anglo-American Relationship Steve Marsh and Alan P. Dobson
Table of Contents Introduction: Debating 'Specialness'
Part 1. Elements of Specialness 1. Nuclear Relations 2. Intelligence Relations 3. Economic Relations 4. Military Relations 5. Soft Relations: Culture, Values, Symbolism and Personal Relations
Part 2: Cold War Anglo-American Relations 6. Post-war Planning and Containment 7. Europe 8. Middle East 9. Asia 10. Africa 11. The Western Hemisphere
Part 3: Post-Cold War Anglo-American Relations 12. From New World Order to the War on Terrorism 13. Europe 14. Middle East 15. Asia 16. Africa 17. The Western Hemisphere
Conclusion
Politics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com The Arsenal of Democracy Aircraft Supply and the Evolution of the Anglo- American Alliance, 1938–1942 Gavin J. Bailey
June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4747 7 £65.00
272pp 234x156mm Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4973 0 £65.00
Description The Author Through a series of case studies, Gavin J. Bailey reveals new details of how Gavin J. Bailey is a Teaching Assistant Britain used American aircraft in the Second World War and integrates this with in the Department of Politics at the broader British statecraft and strategy. He challenges conceptions that Britain University of Dundee. was strategically reliant on the US and reveals a complicated, asymmetrical dependency between the wartime allies. Series Aircraft were at the heart of British supply diplomacy with the United States in Edinburgh Studies in Anglo-American the Second World War and were at the forefront of the Roosevelt administration's Relations policy of aiding the Anglo-French alliance against Germany. They were the largest item in British purchasing in the US in 1940, a key consideration in the Lend- Also available in this series: Lease of 1941 and a major component of several wartime conferences between Churchill and Roosevelt. Post-War Planning on the Periphery: Anglo-American Economic Diplomacy Key Features in South America, 1939–1945 Thomas C. Mills • Challenges the basis of existing historiography in the area Hb 978 0 7486 4388 2 £70.00 • Adjusts the overall understanding of Anglo-American relations and their August 2012 diplomacy Readership MA students and academics in politics, international relations, history and American studies.
Politics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com The Crisis of Social Democracy in Europe Edited by Michael Keating and David McCrone
March 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 6582 2 £70.00
272pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6583 9 £70.00
Is social democracy in a terminal condition in Europe?
Description The Author Social democracy is in offi ce almost nowhere in Europe and appears bereft Michael Keating is Professor of Politics of ideas in the face of the economic crisis that might have given it a historic at the University of Aberdeen and opportunity. While accepting the truth of this, Keating and McCrone take a stand Professor of Regional Studies at the again those who claim that social democracy is dead. European University Institute.
By arguing that social democracy is not a single set of ideas or practices but a David McCrone is Professor of way of reconciling market capitalism with social inclusion and equality, they show Sociology and co-director of the that it has actually been remarkably successful during the 20th century. Its key University of Edinburgh's Institute of principles are still relevant but must be adapted to new conditions. Governance.
This book examines the fortunes of social democracy in western and east-central Readership Europe and the policy challenges in economic policy, labour markets, social welfare, public services, European integration and decentralisation. MA students and academics in politics, European studies and sociology. Contributors & Affi liations
Donald Sassoon, Queen Mary, University of London Milada Vachudova, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Sven Steinmo, European University Institute Bo Rothstein, University of Gothenburg Martin Rhodes, University of Denver Henry Milner, University of Montreal Colin Crouch, Warwick Business School, University of Warwick Yves Mény, European University Institute Birte Siim, Aalborg University Susi Meret, Aalborg University Ulrich Hilpert, Friedrich Schiller University Desmond Hickie, University of Chester (Emeritus) Neil Walker, University of Edinburgh Politics David Heald, University of Aberdeen 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Reference The Edinburgh Companion to Poststructuralism Edited by Benoît Dillet, Iain Mackenzie and Robert Porter
July 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4122 2 £125.00
448pp 244x172mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 5369 0 £125.00
Your one-stop guide to poststructuralism: where it came from, what it’s achieved and where it’s going
Description The Editors Written by experts in their fi eld, this important reference volume surveys the Benoît Dillet is a doctoral student in challenges and provocations raised by the major voices of poststructuralism: political thought in the Department of Foucault, Deleuze, Derrida, Cixous, Lyotard, Guattari, Kristeva, Irigary, Barthes and Politics and International Relations at Baudrillard. Thematically organised and clearly written, it will guide students in the University of Kent. philosophy, literature, art, geography, politics, sociology, law, fi lm and cultural studies around the nature and contemporary relevance of poststructuralism. Iain Mackenzie is Lecturer in Politics at the University of Kent. Key Features Robert Porter teaches cultural and • Explores the emergence of poststructuralism, from its origins in Marxism and political theory at University of Ulster. structuralism to its global academic impact • Chapters are arranged by theme and topic, showing which ideas captivated Readership poststructuralist thinkers • Looks at the criticisms of poststructuralism Advanced undergraduate and • Investigates the new trends and recent debates within and around graduate students in politics, poststructuralism philosophy, literature, art, geography, sociology, law, fi lm and cultural Table of Contents studies. Poststructuralism and Modern European Philosophy From Marxism to Poststructuralism From Structuralism to Poststructuralism On Language and Text On Structure and Subject On Image and Form On Economy and Institution On Resistance and Limit Archaeology and Genealogy Deconstruction Schizoanalysis Écriture feminine Poststructuralism and its Critics Politics From Poststructuralism to Postcolonialism Poststructuralism and Discourse Analysis 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Receptions (Cultural Theory) tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Receptions (Film Theory) fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 Poststructuralism as French Theory [email protected] Poststructuralism: The Geography of its Dispersal www.euppublishing.com Reference The Edinburgh Companion to Poststructuralism Edited by Benoît Dillet, Iain Mackenzie and Robert Porter
Contributors & Affi liations
Simon Lumsden, University of New South Wales Simon Choat, Kingston University Craig Lundy, University of New South Wales Hugh Silverman, Stony Brook University Tara Puri, University of Kent, Canterbury Nicole Anderson, Macquarie University Judith Revel, Université Paris 1 Panthéon-Sorbonne Nathan Widder, Royal Holloway, University of London Tina Besley, University of Waikato Sarah Edge, The Media Studies Research Institute, University of Ulster Glayr Matuer, Independent Daniel Jewesbury, Artist Michael A. Peters, University of Waikato Mark Hoff man, University of Minnesota Anna Cutler, Tate Britain Benoit Dillet, University of Kent, Canterbury Veronique Bergen, Freelance Writer and Philosopher George Sotiropoulos, University of Kent, Canterbury Nick Hardy, Queen's University, Canada John Philips, National University of Singapore Ian Buchanan, University of Wollongong Zoe Brigley Thompson, University of Northampton Iain MacKenzie, University of Kent, Canterbury Caroline Rooney, University of Kent, Canterbury David Howarth, University of Essex Paul Bowman, Cardiff University Conn Holohan, National University of Ireland, Galway Francois Cusset, University of Nanterre, Paris Caroline Williams, Queen Mary, University of London Robert Porter, University of Ulster Yvette Russell, University of Kent, Canterbury
Politics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook The Politics of International Law and International Justice Edwin Egede and Peter Sutch
August 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 3472 9 £22.99 320pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 3471 2 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 3473 6 £70.00
An introduction to international law for politics and IR students
Description The Author What is international law? And what is international justice? This book shows that Edwin Egede is Lecturer in the studying these questions together is essential. School of European Studies at Cardiff University. Students will develop an understanding of international law and the importance of socio-economic and political factors in shaping its formulation, present Peter Sutch is Senior Lecturer in the development and operations. And they will explore the critical debates on School of European Studies at Cardiff the nature of international justice. In asking what international law is ‘for’ and University. what it ‘should be’, they will engage with some of the most crucial questions of international politics today and examine the detail of sharply divided political Readership opinion on, for example, the nature and justice of humanitarian intervention, the obligations that the rich have towards the global poor and the future of global Target readership would be non- governance and international legal structures. law students, both undergraduates and postgraduates, with an interest Key Features in acquiring a basic introductory knowledge of international law, such • Each chapter explores a central issue in public international law and IR theory, as politics and international relations showing how international law and normative political debate are entwined students. • Introduces the principles of international law that relate to IR and politics, such as sovereignty and global governance, sovereign & diplomatic immunity, human rights, the use of force, sanctions and the domestic impact of international law • Explains how socio-economic and political factors shape the formulation, development and operation of international law
Table of Contents
1. Sources of International Law 2. International Persons 3. United Nations and International Law 4. The European Union and International Law 5. Protection of Human Rights and International Law Politics 6. Diplomatic Communications 7. The Use of Force and Security 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF 8. Non-Military Sanctions tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 9. Challenges to International Law in the 21st Century. fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Deleuze and Research Methodologies Edited by Rebecca Coleman and Jessica Ringrose
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4410 0 £24.99
280pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4411 7 £80.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4412 4 £80.00
Shows how Deleuze's philosophy is shaking up research in the humanities and social sciences
Description The Author French philosopher Gilles Deleuze (1925–1995) was one of the most infl uential Rebecca Coleman is Lecturer in the thinkers of the 20th century, and his work is of continuing relevance today. Now, Department of Sociology, Lancaster Deleuzian thinking is having a signifi cant impact on research practices in the University Social Sciences, particularly because it breaks down the false divide between theory and practice. This book brings together international academics from a Jessica Ringrose is Senior Lecturer at range of Social Science and Humanities disciplines to refl ect on how Deleuze's the Institute of Education, University philosophy is opening up and shaping empirical research. of London.
Key Features Series • Contributors from fi elds throughout the social sciences demonstrate how Deleuze Connections engaging with Deleuze’s work is reshaping their research processes • Questions the relationship between theory and methodology Readership • Explores the conditions under which empirical research is conducted • Considers the eff ects/aff ects of research Upper–level undergraduate students, postgraduates, lecturers and academics working in Deleuze More books in the Deleuze Connections series Studies, sociology, education, geography, applied social sciences Deleuze and Race Deleuze and Education and empirically based media, cultural Edited by Arun Saldanha & Jason Michael Edited by Inna Semetsky and Diana and gender studies. Adams Masny December 2011 April 2013 Postgraduates taking broad research Pb 978 0 7486 6959 2 £26.99 Pb 978 0 7486 4302 8 £24.99 methods courses, particularly Hb 978 0 7486 6958 5 £85.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4303 5 £80.00 empirical research courses covering Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6960 8 £85.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6945 5 £80.00 innovative qualitative methodologies. Deleuze and Architecture Edited by Hélène Frichot & Stephen Loo May 2013 Philosophy Pb 978 0 7486 7465 7 £21.99 Hb 978 07486 7464 0 £70.00 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7466 4 £70.00 tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Deleuze and Research Methodologies Edited by Rebecca Coleman and Jessica Ringrose
List of Contributors & Affi liations
Rebecca Coleman and Jessica Ringrose, Lancaster University Carol A. Taylo, Sheffi eld Hallam University Silvia Grinberg, Universidad Nacional de San Martín Peta Malins, La Trobe University Alecia Youngblood Jackson, Appalachian State University David Mellor and Emma Renold, Cardiff University David R. Cole, University of Western Sydney Diana Masny, University of Ottawa Jamie Lorimer, Kings College London Mindy Blaise, Hong Kong Institute of Education, Department of Early Childhood Education Lisa A. Mazzei, Gonzaga University Anna Hickey Moody, University of Sydney Maggie MacLure, Manchester Metropolitan University
Table of Contents
Introduction: Deleuze and Research Methodologies, Rebecca Coleman and Jessica Ringrose 1. Deleuze and Guatarri in the Nursery: Towards an Ethnographic Multi-Sensory Mapping of Gendered Bodies and Becomings, Emma Renold and David Mellor 2. Mobile Sections and Flowing Matter in Participant-Generated Video: Exploring a Deleuzian Approach to Visual Sociology Carol A. Taylor 3. More-Than-Human Visual Analysis: Witnessing and Evoking Aff ect in Human-Nonhuman Interactions, Jamie Lorimer 4. Aff ect as Method: Feelings, Aesthetics and Aff ective Pedagogy, Anna Hickey-Moody 5. Desire Undone: Productions of Privilege, Power, and Voice, Lisa A. Mazzei 6. Data-as-Machine: A Deleuzian Becoming, Alecia Youngblood Jackson 7. Looking and Desiring Machines: A Feminist Deleuzian Mapping of Bodies and Aff ect, Jessica Ringrose and Rebecca Coleman 8. Disrupting ‘Anorexia Nervosa’: An Ethnography of the Deleuzian Event, Sarah Dyke 9. Classifi cation or Wonder? Coding as an Analytic Practice in Qualitative Research,Maggie MacLure 10. Activating Micropolitical Practices in the Early Years: (Re)assembling Bodies and Participant Observations, Mindy Blaise 11. Researching Pedagogical Apparatus (Dispotifs): An Ethnography of the Molar, Molecular and Desire in Contexts of Extreme Urban Poverty, Silvia M. Grinberg 12. Lost in Data Space: Using Nomadic Analysis to Perform Social Science, David R. Cole
Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
New Edition Gilles Deleuze's Diff erence and Repetition A Critical Introduction and Guide, Second Edition James Williams
January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 6881 6 £21.99
272pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 6880 9 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6894 6 £70.00
A revised, expanded and fully up-to-date critical introduction to Deleuze’s most important work of philosophy
Description The Author This is the fi rst critical introduction toDiff erence and Repetition (fi rst published in James Williams is Professor of 1968): Gilles Deleuze's most important work of philosophy and one of the most European Philosophy at the University signifi cant texts of contemporary philosophy. of Dundee.
By critically analysing Deleuze's methods, principles and arguments, James Readership Williams helps readers to engage with the revolutionary core of Deleuze's philosophy and take up positions for or against its most innovative and Upper level undergraduates and controversial ideas. The book will also help to extend Deleuze's work to postgraduates studying Deleuze and philosophers working in the analytic tradition. academics working in contemporary Continental thought. New for this edition • A new chapter on questions of method around important concepts such as intensity, anarchic distribution, transcendental illusion and distinctness • Refl ections on the place of judgement and action in Deleuze’s work in order to explain its ethical and political dimensions • A new critical section, which guides students through the key debates and oppositions by engaging with latest interpretations of Deleuze by Levi Bryant, Anna Sauvagnargues, Daniel W. Smith, Henry Somers-Hall and Miguel de Beistegui
Selling Points
• The fi rst edition (2003) sold over 2000 copies • James Williams' latest book, Gilles Deleuze's Philosophy of Time, has sold around 600 paperbacks since publication in February 2011
Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook New Edition Gilles Deleuze's Diff erence and Repetition A Critical Introduction and Guide, Second Edition James Williams Table of Contents
Abbreviations Acknowledgements 1. Introduction 2. Outside Repetition 3. Diff erence 4. Repetition 5. Against Common Sense 6. What is an Idea? 7. What is Reality? 8. Diff erence and Repetition revisited 9. Conclusion: Beyond the Self Bibliography Index
More books by James Williams
Gilles Deleuze's Philosophy of Time: A Critical Introduction and Guide February 2011 Pb 978-0-7486-3854-3 £19.99 Hb 978-0-7486-3853-6 £65.00 Eb 978-0-7486-4542-8 £65.00
Gilles Deleuze's Logic of Sense: A Critical Introduction and Guide May 2008 Pb 978-0-7486-2611-3 £21.99 Hb 978-0-7486-2610-6 £95.00 Eb (PDF) 978-0-7486-3138-4 £95.00 textbook
New Edition Understanding Ethics An Introduction to Moral Theory, 3rd Edition Torbjörn Tännsjö
June 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 8225 6 £18.99
152pp 216x138mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 8224 9 £70.00
An introduction to moral theory for new students of ethics
Description The Author How can we fi nd true or reasonable moral principles to live our everyday lives Torbjörn Tännsjö is Kristian Claëson by? Torbjörn Tännsjö presents 7 radically diff erent moral theories, each of which Professor of Practical Philosophy at attempts to provide the ultimate answer to the question of what we ought to Stockholm University. do and why. Tännsjö carefully describes each theory, showing how it works in practice, critically assessing it and putting it into its historical perspective. Readership Key Features An elementary textbook for fi rst year students of ethics and moral • Covers 7 moral theories: utilitarianism, egoism, deontological ethics, the ethics philosophy. of rights, virtue ethics, feminist ethics, environmental or ecological ethics • Shows how each theory works in practice using the famous 'trolley' thought experiment • Looks at the infl uence of neuroscience and psychology on the formation of our moral intuitions
New For This Edition:
• A new section on population ethics has been added to the chapter on utilitarianism • Discusses the impact of recent fi ndings in social psychology on virtue ethics • New, clearer applications of the trolley cases
Selling Points • The second edition has sold over 2600 paperbacks worldwide since publication in 2008
Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Deleuze's Diff erence and Repetition An Edinburgh Philosophical Guide Henry Somers-Hall
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4677 7 £16.99
224pp 216x138mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4678 4 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6967 7 £70.00
The essential toolkit for anyone approaching Deleuze for the fi rst time
Description The Author Diff erence and Repetition (fi rst published in 1968) is widely accepted as Gilles Henry Somers-Hall is Lecturer in Deleuze's most important work of philosophy and one of the most signifi cant Philosophy at Royal Holloway, texts of contemporary philosophy. University of London. Students face two main hurdles when approaching it: the wide range of philosophical sources Deleuze draws upon and the density of his philosophical Series prose. Henry Somers-Hall situates Deleuze within the broader philosophical Edinburgh Philosophical Guides tradition and makes it clear why he develops his philosophy in the way that he does. Readership Key Features Undergraduates, graduates and • Written to be read alongside Diff erence and Repetition postgraduate students working on • Introduces the key themes of the book Deleuze and in related disciplines • Presents a new, positive, alternative philosophy of diff erence – fi lm studies, cultural studies and • Study Aids section includes a glossary, suggestions for further reading and tips literature. Lecturers and researchers for writing about Deleuze teaching this text. Selling Points • Spinoza's Ethics: An Edinburgh Philosophical Guide by Beth Lord has sold around 400 copies since publication in February 2010 • Gilles Deleuze's Philosophy of Time by James Williams has sold around 550 paperbacks since publication in February 2011
Table of Contents Part I: A Guide to the Text Introduction: Repetition and Diff erence 1. Diff erence In Itself 2. Repetition For Itself 3. The Image of Thought 4. Ideas and the Synthesis of Diff erence 5. The Asymmetric Synthesis of the Sensible; The Two Prefaces Philosophy Part II: Study Aids Glossary 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Further Reading tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Tips for Writing about Deleuze fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Foucault's History of Sexuality Volume I, The Will to Knowledge An Edinburgh Philosophical Guide Mark Kelly
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4889 4 £16.99
192pp 216x138mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4890 0 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4891 7 £70.00
A step-by-step guide to Foucault's History of Sexuality Volume I, The Will to Knowledge
Description The Author In the fi rst volume of hisHistory of Sexuality, The Will to Knowledge (1976), Foucault Mark Kelly is Lecturer in philosophy at weaves together the most infl uential theoretical account of sexuality since Middlesex University. Freud. Mark Kelly systematically unpacks the intricacies of Foucault's dense and sometimes confusing exposition in a straightforward way, putting it in its Series historical and theoretical context. Edinburgh Philosophical Guides This is both a guide for the reader new to the text and one that off ers new insights to those already familiar with Foucault's work. Readership Key Features Undergraduate, graduate and • The fi rst guide to one of Foucault's most important works, for which there is no postgraduate students of Foucault in other secondary literature a variety of departments: philosophy, • A new interpretation of The Will to Knowledge, its structure and its philosophical politics, gender studies, cultural signifi cance studies and literature. • Revises several key mistranslations in the only available English translation • Study resources section includes a glossary, suggestions for further reading and tips for writing essays and answering exam questions Selling Points • Spinoza's Ethics: An Edinburgh Philosophical Guide by Beth Lord has sold around 400 copies since publication in February 2010 Table of Contents 1. Historical Context 2. A Guide to the Text Contesting the Repressive Hypothesis The Explosion of Discourse The Confessional Science The Analytic of Power The Distribution of Sexuality Bio-Power Philosophy The Ontology of Sex 3. Study Resources 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Glossary tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Further Reading fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 Answering Essay and Examination Questions [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Kant's Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals An Edinburgh Philosophical Guide John Callanan
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4725 5 £16.99
224pp 216x138mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4726 2 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4727 9 £70.00
A step-by-step guide to Kant's fi rst work on moral philosophy Description The Author Kant's Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals is considered a standard text in John Callanan is Lecturer in the history of moral philosophy as well as a classic work of philosophy in its own philosophy at King's College London. right. This guide provides a paragraph-by-paragraph account of the main themes of Kant's moral philosophy and a clear statement of his overall philosophical aims Series and arguments. Edinburgh Philosophical Guides It is an essential toolkit for anyone approaching Kant for the fi rst time. Key Features Readership • Written to be read alongside Groundwork for the Metaphysics of Morals Undergraduate and postgraduate • Works through the text in the same way that students do, addressing potential students reading Kant for the fi rst problems and confusions as they arise time. Also lecturers looking to assign a • Study Aids section helps students to understand the text and write their essays, companion/introduction to the main and includes a glossary, example exam questions, common assessment criteria text. and tips for writing about Kant • Identifi es what is distinctive about Kantian ethics, compared to other ethical theories Selling Points • Spinoza's Ethics: An Edinburgh Philosophical Guide by Beth Lord has sold around 400 copies since publication in February 2010
Table of contents
1. Historical Context 2. A Guide to the Text Preface First Section: Transition from common to philosophical moral rational cognition Second Section: Transition from popular moral philosophy to the metaphysics of morals Third Section: Transition from metaphysics of morals to the critique of pure practical reason Philosophy 3. Study Aids Glossary 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Types of Question You will Encounter tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Common Assessment Criteria Tips for Writing about Kant fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Virilio and Visual Culture Edited by John Armitage and Ryan Bishop
January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 5444 4 £24.99
256pp 234x156mm 31 b&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 5445 1 £80.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 5446 8 £80.00
The fi rst genuine appraisal of Virilio's contributions to contemporary art, photography, fi lm, television and more
Description The Editors Paul Virilio is one of the leading and most challenging critics of art and technology John Armitage is Professor of Media at working today. Re-conceptualising the most enduring philosophical conventions Northumbria University on everything from technology and photography to literature, anthropology and cultural and media studies through his own original theories and arguments, Ryan Bishop is Professor of Global Arts Virilio's work has produced substantial debate, compelling readers to ask if his and Politics at Winchester School of criticism is out of touch or out in front of traditional perspectives. Art, the University of Southampton.
This collection of 13 original writings, including a newly translated piece written Series by Virilio himself, is indispensable reading for all students and researchers into contemporary visual culture. Critical Connections
Key Features Readership • A wide-ranging treatment of Virilio's key theoretical concepts and themes from Final year undergraduate students, across his work on visual culture so far graduate students and academicians, • Surveys Virilio's aesthetics and socio-cultural ideas and how they function as well as non-academic researchers, within his highly politicised approach to visual culture working in Critical Theory, Art, Media, • Examines Virilio's thinking from his fi rst works on war and cinema to his latest Literary Studies, Philosophy, Urban theoretical conjectures on art, perception and seeing Studies, Architecture and Cultural • Contributors include Caren Kaplan, University of California at Davis; Ian James, Studies. University of Cambridge; Benjamin H. Bratton, University of California, San Diego and Tania Roy, National University of Singapore
Selling Points
• Laruelle and Non-Philosophy, edited by John Mullarkey and Anthony Paul Smith, has sold nearly 450 paperbacks worldwide since publication in July 2012 • Badiou and Philosophy, edited by Sean Bowden and Simon Duff y, and Agamben and Colonialism, edited by Marcelo Svirsky and Simone Bignall, have sold over Philosophy 200 paperbacks worldwide since publication in June 2012 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Virilio and Visual Culture Edited by John Armitage and Ryan Bishop
List of Contributors & Affi liations
Joy Garnett, Artist John Beck, Newcastle University Caren Kaplan, University of California at Davis George Marcus, University of California, Irvine Tania Roy, National University of Singapore Ryan Bishop, University of Southampton Jordan Crandall, Artist and Media Theorist John Armitage, Northumbria University Benjamin H. Bratton, University of California, San Diego and Director of The Center for Design and Geopolitics think-tank at Calit2 Gair Dunlop, University of Dundee John Phillips, National University of Singapore Ian James, University of Cambridge
Table of Contents
1. Aesthetics, Vision and Speed: An Introduction to Virilio and Visual Culture, John Armitage and Ryan Bishop 2. The Illusions of Zero Time, Paul Virilio 3. Towards a New Ecology of Time, Joy Garnett 4. Strangers to the Stars: Abstraction, Aeriality, Aspect Perception, John Beck 5. Desert Wars: Virilio and the Limits of ‘Genuine Knowledge’, Caren Kaplan 6. Light Weapons/Darkroom Shadows: Photography, Cinema, War, John Phillips 7. History in the ‘Mis-en-Abyme of the Body’: Ranbir Kaleka and the ‘Art of Auschwitz’ after Virilio, Tania Roy 8. Spectres of Perception, or the Illusion of Having the Time to See: The Geopolitics of Objects, Apprehension and Movement in Bashir Makhoul’s ‘Enter Ghost, Exit Ghost’, Ryan Bishop 9. The Event, Jordan Crandall 10. The Face of the Figureless: Aesthetics, Sacred Humanism and the Accident of Art, John Armitage 11. What We Do is Secrete: On Virilio, Planetarity and Data Visualisation, Benjamin H. Bratton 12. Relics of Acceleration: A Field Guide, Gair Dunlop 13. The Production of the Present, Ian James;
Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Deleuze and Philosophical Practice Edited by Guillaume Collett , Masa Kosugi and Chryssa Sdrolia
May 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 8240 9 £16.99
96pp 234x156mm
Considers Deleuze’s ideas on philosophical practice in relation to his work
Description The Author
Considering Deleuze’s now near-canonical status in art theory, media theory, Guillaume Collett is a lecturer at cultural studies, but perhaps not philosophy, it is necessary to question the University of Kent. precise link between Deleuze’s philosophy and the other disciplines with which his work engages. This is particularly pertinent considering the shifts in Deleuze’s Masa Kosugi is a lecturer at own understanding of this relation during his career. On the one hand, Deleuze Goldsmiths University of London. always considered philosophy to be inseparable from a plane of immanence outstripping it and necessarily invested with human practices. On the other hand, Chryssa Sdrolia is a lecturer at in What is Philosophy? Deleuze and Guattari defi nitively consider philosophy to Goldsmiths University of London. have a privileged relation to this plane.
This book presents analyses of, and aims to provide some context for, this relation Series in Deleuze’s work, by focusing on Deleuze’s conception of the relation between Deleuze Studies Special Issues thought and practice, the brain and the hand (or mouth). In this issue, the nature of this practice ranges from the aff ective and the embodied, and from learning Readership and enculturation, to artistic processes, to onto- and phylogenesis, and to specifi c examples of Deleuze’s own method of creating concepts. Advanced undergraduates, postgraduates and researchers in Deleuze studies.
Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback Diffi cult Atheism Post-Theological Thinking in Alain Badiou, Jean-Luc Nancy and Quentin Meillassoux Christopher Watkin
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7726 9 £24.99
296pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats (2011): Hb 978 0 7486 4057 7 £65.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4630 2 £65.00
Reassesses the term 'atheism' in the context of contemporary French philosophy
Description The Author Drawing primarily on the work of Alain Badiou and Jean-Luc Nancy, plus Quentin Christopher Watkin is Senior Lecturer Meillassoux and Slavoj Žižek, Watkin explores the theme of atheism through the in the Department of French at ideas of the death of God and nihilism, and probes the limits of any 'atheistic Monash University. politics'. He argues that rigorous atheism is elusive, and that Continental thought, even in its most stridently atheistic guises, has yet to fully come to terms with the Series death of God. Crosscurrents Selling Points • The hardback has sold over 250 copies worldwide since publication in 2011 Readership • Will appeal to philosophers interested in the Speculative Realism movement: Advanced undergraduates, Quentin Meillassoux: Philosophy in the Making, by Graham Harman, has sold over postgraduates and academics 1,100 paperbacks worldwide since publication in 2011 working in the fi eld of Continental Philosophy, particularly those studying Other books in the Crosscurrent series the work of Alain Badiou or Jean-Luc Nancy. Politics of the Gift: Exchanges in Poststructuralism Gerald Moore April 2011 Hb 978 0 7486 4202 1 £65.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4607 4 £65.00 Also by Christopher Watkin
Phenomenology or Deconstruction?: The Question of Ontology in Maurice Merleau-Ponty, Paul Ricoeur and Jean-Luc Nancy March 2009 Hb 978 0 7486 4607 4 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 3760 7 £70.00 Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback Diffi cult Atheism Post-Theological Thinking in Alain Badiou, Jean-Luc Nancy and Quentin Meillassoux Christopher Watkin
Table of Contents Introduction: Atheisms Today 1. The God of Metaphysics 2. The God of the Poets 3. Diffi cult Atheism 4. Beyond A/theism? Quentin Meillassoux 5. The Politics of the Post-Theological I: Justifying the Political 6. The Politics of the Post-Theological II: Justice General Conclusion: How to Follow an ‘Atheism’ That Never Was Bibliography Index
Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Ethical Subjects in Contemporary Culture Dave Boothroyd
June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4009 6 £65.00
232pp 234x156mm 3 b&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 8166 2 £65.00
Shows how ethical subjectivity is not based on individual morals but contemporary culture
Description The Author Taking his lead from the philosophy of Emmanuel Levinas, and engaging Dave Boothroyd is Senior Lecturer and with a number of ethical thinkers, Dave Boothroyd addresses a number of key Director of Cultural Studies, School contemporary ethical subjects. In doing so, he reveals how responsibility is of Sociology, Social Policy and Social grounded in the everyday encounters and situations we are all familiar with. Research, University of Kent.
Key Features Readership • Pays particular attention to the philosophy of Emmanuel Levinas Scholars, postgraduates and advanced • Engages with a number of important theorists of ethics and culture: Nietzsche, undergraduates working the areas of Heidegger, Lacan, Foucault, Derrida, Deleuze, Irigaray, Nancy and Badiou continental philosophy, cultural and • Focuses on ethical concerns from hospitality and obligation, through friendship media studies, cultural theory, social, and love, to torture, death and justice political, literary and gender studies.
Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
François Laruelle’s Philosophies of Diff erence A Critical Introduction and Guide Rocco Gangle
June 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 6813 7 £19.99
216pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 6812 0 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6814 4 £70.00
Everything you need to understand both Laruelle’s critique of diff erence and his project of non-philosophy
Description The Author Hailed as a key thinker by important philosophers such as Gilles Deleuze and Rocco Gangle is Associate Professor Ray Brassier, the 2010 translation of Philosophies of Diff erence has made Francois of Philosophy at Endicott College, Laruelle’s work accessible to the English-speaking world in time to meet a rising Massachusetts. tide of interest. Readership This new guide takes students and academics through Philosophies of Diff erence, following the development of Laruelle's thought, unpicking the diffi cult Upper-level undergraduate students, structure, discussing the strengths and weaknesses of the text and evaluating postgraduates and academics the arguments for and against his ideas. Readers will fi nd everything they need working in philosophy, contemporary to understand both Laruelle’s critique of Diff erence and his project of non- Continental thought and on Laruelle philosophy: one of the most intriguing avenues in contemporary thought. in particular.
Key Features • Critiques philosophical Diff erence as a whole and the 3 specifi c models treated by Laruelle: Nietzsche-Deleuze, Heidegger and Derrida • Situates Philosophies of Diff erence within the rest of Laruelle’s work and contemporary European thought • Explains the key shift from philosophy to non-philosophy which makes Laruelle so intriguing to philosophers today • Shows how Laruelle impacted on the work of Deleuze, Badiou and the Speculative Realism movement
Selling Points • Rocco Gangle is the translator of the English-language edition of Philosophies of Diff erence • The fi rst critical commentary on Laruelle’sPhilosophies of Diff erence: A Critical Introduction to Non-Philosophy Philosophy • Laruelle and Non-Philosophy, edited by John Mullarkey and Anthony Paul Smith, has sold around 450 paperbacks since publication in July 2012 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF • Gilles Deleuze's Diff erence and Repetition, by James Williams, has sold over 2,000 tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 paperbacks since publication in 2003 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
François Laruelle’s Philosophies of Diff erence A Critical Introduction and Guide Rocco Gangle More Philosophy Critical Introductions and Guides
Gilles Deleuze's Diff erence and Repetition: A Critical Introduction and Guide, 2nd Edition James Williams January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 6881 6 £21.99 Hb 978 0 7486 6880 9 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6894 6 £70.00
Gilles Deleuze's Philosophy of Time: A Critical Introduction and Guide James Williams February 2011 Pb 978 0 7486 3854 3 £19.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3853 6 £65.00 Eb 978 0 7486 4542 8 £65.00
Gilles Deleuze's Logic of Sense: A Critical Introduction and Guide James Williams May 2008 Pb 978 0 7486 2611 3 £21.99 Hb 978 0 7486 2610 6 £95.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 3138 4 £95.00
Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback Gilbert Simondon Being and Technology Edited by Arne De Boever, Alex Murray, Jon Roff e and Ashley Woodward
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7721 4 £ 19.99
248pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats (2012): Hb 978 0 7486 4525 1 £75.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4526 8 £75.00
The fi rst sustained exploration of Simondon's work to be published in English
Description The Editors The work of French philosopher Gilbert Simondon (1924–1989) has recently come Arne De Boever is Assistant Professor to prominence in America and around the English-speaking world, having been of American Studies in the School of of great importance in France for many years. Critical Studies, California Institute of the Arts. Now available in paperback, this is the fi rst collection of essays on this important thinker. They outline the central tenets of Simondon's thought, his infl uence Alex Murray is Lecturer in Twentieth- on philosophy, philosophy of science, media studies, social theory and political Century Literature at the University of philosophy, and his relationship to other thinkers such as Heidegger, Deleuze and Exeter Canguilhem. Jon Roff e is Lecturer in Philosophy at Key Features the Melbourne School of Continental Philosophy. • Includes a contextualising introduction and a glossary of technical terms Ashley Woodward is a founding Selling Points member of, and Lecturer at, the Melbourne School of Continental • The ideal entry point to Simondon, especially to researchers who do not read Philosophy. French • The hardback has sold over 200 copies since publication in January 2012 Readership Mainly upper-level undergraduate students, postgraduates and academics working on Simondon, Deleuze and Stiegler. There will also be a market in the fi eld of the philosophy of science and the theoretical study of technologies.
Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback Gilbert Simondon Being and Technology Edited by Arne De Boever, Alex Murray, Jon Roff e and Ashley Woodward
List of Contributors & Affi liations
Jean-Hugues Barthélémy, Paris-Nord Marie-Pier Boucher, Duke University Sean Bowden, University of Melbourne Miguel de Beistegui, University of Warwick Arne De Boever, California Institute of the Arts Elizabeth Grosz, Rutgers University Igor Krtolica, PhD candidate Dominique Lecourt, Université Paris Diderot–Paris 7 Brian Massumi, Institute for Communication at the University of Montreal Yves Michaud, Universities of Montpellier and Paris Panthéon Sorbonne Alex Murray, University of Exeter Jon Roff e, Melbourne School of Continental Philosophy Anne Sauvagnargues, Ecole Normale Supérieure Bernard Stiegler, Pompidou Centre and Ars Industrialis Ashley Woodward, Melbourne School of Continental
Table of Contents
Introduction: Simondon, Finally, Arne de Boever, Alex Murray, Jon Roff e and Ashley Woodward 1.Technical Mentality, Gilbert Simondon, translated by Arne De Boever 2. 'Technical Mentality' Revisited: Brian Massumi on Gilbert Simondon, With Arne De Boever, Alex Murray and Jon Roff e 3. Identity and Individuation: Some Feminist Refl ections, Elizabeth Grosz 4. Crystals and Membranes: Individuation and Temporality, Anne Sauvagnargues, translated by Jon Roff e 5. The Question of Anxiety in Gilbert Simondon, Igor Krtolica, translated by Jon Roff e 6. Infra-Psychic Individuation: Transductive Connections and the Genesis of Living Techniques, Marie-Pier Boucher 7. 'Du mort qui saisit le vif': Simondonian Ontology Today, Jean-Hugues Barthélémy, translated by Justin Clemens 8. The Aesthetics of Gilbert Simondon: Anticipation of the Contemporary Aesthetic Experience, Yves Michaud, translated by Justin Clemens 9. Gilles Deleuze, a Reader of Gilbert Simondon, Sean Bowden 10. Science and Ontology: From Merleau-Ponty's 'Reduction' to Simondon's 'Transduction', Miguel de Beistegui 11. The Question of the Individual in Georges Canguilhem and Gilbert Simondon, Dominique Lecourt, translated by Arne De Boever 12. The Theatre of Individuation: Phase-shift and Resolution in Simondon and Heidegger, Bernard Stiegler, translated by Kristina Lebedeva Glossary: Fifty Key Terms in the Works of Gilbert Simondon, Jean-Hugues Barthélémy Notes on contributors Index
Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback Levinas and the Postcolonial Race, Nation, Other John E. Drabinski
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7728 3 £19.99
224pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4103 1 (2011) £75.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4706 4 £75.00
Relates Levinas' central concept of the Other to distinctly postcolonial conceptions of Otherness
Description The Author The idea of the Other is central to both Levinas' philosophy and to John E. Drabinski is Visiting Associate postcolonialism, but they both apply the concept in diff erent ways. Now, John Professor of Black Studies at Amherst E. Drabinski asks what we can learn from reading Levinas alongside postcolonial College. theories of diff erence. Readership With that question in view, Drabinski undertakes readings of Gayatri Spivak, Homi Bhabha, Édouard Glissant and Subcommandante Marcos in order to rethink ideas Advanced undergraduates, of diff erence, language, subjectivity, ethics and politics. postgraduates, researchers and academics working in contemporary Selling Points French philosophy, literary theory, postcolonial theory and political • The hardback has sold over 200 copies worldwide since publication in 2011 theory. • For advanced students and scholars of philosophy, ethics and postcolonialism
Table of Contents
Introduction: Decolonizing Levinasian Ethics 1. Incarnate Historiography and the Problem of Method 2. Epistemological Fracture 3. The Ontology of Fracture 4. Ethics of Entanglement 5. Decolonizing Levinasian Politics Concluding Remarks
Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Psychoanalysis is an Antiphilosophy Justin Clemens
May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 7894 5 £65.00
200pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7895 2 £65.00
A radical reconstruction of how psychoanalysis operates and a renewed sense of its indispensable power
Description The Author Psychoanalysis was the most important intellectual development of the 20th Justin Clemens is Senior Lecturer century. From psychiatry to politics, it left no fi eld untouched. Yet it is itself an at the School of Culture and untouchable discipline: not really science, not really criticism. Communication, University of Melbourne. Alain Badiou described psychoanalysis as an ’antiphilosophy’: a practice that off ers the strongest possible challenges to thought. Now, Justin Clemens examines Readership psychoanalysis under this rubric. He shows how this impacts on the key concepts that continue to be misrepresented by disciplines hostile to psychoanalysis; above Practicising psychoanalysts and all, regarding the relationships of humans to drugs, animality and sexuality. psychoanalytically minded scholars, particularly in philosophy, literature, Key Features and cultural studies. Political theorists, historians of psychoanalysis and • Analyses psychoanalysis in a new way, under the rubric of ‘antiphilosophy’ postcolonial theorists. • Identifi es and clarifi es a set of previously undeveloped psychoanalytic concepts: torture, slavery and swarming • Applies these concepts to a range of key topics raised in the work of theorists including Freud, Lacan, Žižek and Agamben
Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Rancière and Film Edited by Paul Bowman
July 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4735 4 £24.99
240pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4736 1 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4737 8 £70.00
The fi rst collection of critical essays on philosopher Jacques Rancière’s recent work on fi lm
Description The Author Jacques Rancière (1940– ) rose to prominence as a radical egalitarian philosopher, Paul Bowman is Lecturer in the School political theorist and historian. Recently, he has intervened into the discourses of of Journalism, Media and Cultural fi lm theory and fi lm studies, publishing controversial and challenging works on Studies at Cardiff University. these topics. This book off ers an exciting range of responses to and assessments of his contributions to fi lm studies and includes a new piece by Rancière himself. Series Key Features Critical Connections • A comprehensive assessment of Rancière's contribution to fi lm studies and Readership theory • The editor's introduction orientates new readers into the historical and Advanced undergraduates, disciplinary debates which are key to understanding Rancière postgraduates and scholars working • A diverse range of perspectives from important scholars who are themselves in a wide range of disciplinary fi elds fascinating and engaging writers and thinkers including philosophy, aesthetics, political theory, fi lm studies, critical Selling Points theory, cultural theory and art. • Laruelle and Non-Philosophy, edited by John Mullarkey and Anthony Paul Smith, has sold nearly 450 paperbacks worldwide since publication in July 2012 • The Political Thought of Jacques Ranciere (2008) and Contemporary Political Movements and the Thought of Jacques Ranciere (2010), both by Todd May, have both sold over 400 paperbacks worldwide since publication • Deleuze and Film, edited by David Martin-Jones and William Brown, has sold around 350 paperbacks since publication in April 2012 List of Contributors & Affi liations
Paul Bowman, Cardiff University Rey Chow, Duke University James A. Steintrager, University of California, Irvine Nico Baumbach, Columbia University Abraham Geil, Duke University Philosophy Bram Ieven, Utrecht University Mónica López Lerma, University of Helsinki 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Patricia MacCormack, Anglia Ruskin University tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Richard Stamp, Bath Spa University College fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 Mark Robson, University of Nottingham [email protected] Jacques Rancière, European Graduate School in Saas-Fee and Emeritus Professor www.euppublishing.com of Philosophy at the University of Paris (St Denis) Reference The Virilio Dictionary Edited by John Armitage
May 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4683 8 £24.99
264pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4684 5 £75.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4685 2 £75.00
The fi rst dictionary dedicated to the pioneering work of French art and technology critic Paul Virilio
Description The Editor In Virilio's writings, meanings and interpretations are often diffi cult and John Armitage is Professor of Media at ambiguous. This dictionary guides you through his concepts with headwords the School of Arts and Social Sciences, including Accident, Body, Cinema, Deterritorialization and Eugenics. Explore the Northumbria University. very edge of Virilio’s pioneering thought in cultural and social theory with the entries on Foreclosure, Grey Ecology, Polar Inertia and the Overexposed City. Readership The Virilio Dictionary is vital for anyone wanting to keep up with Virilio's dynamic Advanced undergraduates, program for the study of postmodern culture. postgraduates and researchers working on Virilio and in the more Key Features general areas of literary, cultural, art, media and social theory. • Covers of every major Virilian subject and idea and how each functions within his philosophy in all of his writing to date • Clearly written and cross-referenced entries make it quick and easy for you to fi nd what you’re looking for and follow the threads of Virilio’s thought
Selling Points
• The Deleuze Dictionary Revised Edition, edited by Adrian Parr, has sold nearly 1,000 paperbacks worldwide since publication in 2010 • The Baudrillard Dictionary, edited by Richard G. Smith, and The Agamben Dictionary, edited by Alex Murray and Jessica White, have both sold over 400 paperbacks worldwide since publication in 2011
Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Reference The Virilio Dictionary Edited by John Armitage
Contributors & Affi liations
Jason Adams, Williams College, USA Olga Alekseeva-Carnevali, Lancaster University, UK John Armitage, Northumbria University, UK John Beck, Newcastle University, UK Josiane Behmoiras, The University of Melbourne, Australia Shannon Bell, York University, Toronto, Canada Ryan Bishop, University of Southampton, UK Rob Bullard, Teesside and Northumbria Universities, UK Drew S. Burk, Univocal Publishing David B. Clarke, Swansea University, UK Felicity Colman, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK Verena Andermatt Conley, Harvard University, USA Tom Conley, Harvard University, USA Gerry Coulter, Bishop’s University, Sherbrooke, Quebec, Canada Paul Crosthwaite is a Lecturer in English Literature at the University of Edinburgh, UK Sean Cubitt is Professor of Film and Television at Goldsmiths University of London, UK Hugh Davis, La Trobe University, Melbourne, Australia Marcus A. Doel, Swansea University, UK John David Ebert, independent American scholar and author of fi ve books Mark Featherstone, Keele University, UK Brianne Gallagher, University of Hawai‘i at Mānoa, USA Mike Gane, Loughborough University, UK Joy Garnett, artist and writer in Brooklyn, New York, USA Phil Graham, Queensland University of Technology, Australia Chris Hables Gray, University of California at Santa Cruz and California State University at Monterrey Bay, USA Bob Hanke, York University, Toronto, Canada Robert Hassan, University of Melbourne, Australia Ingrid Hoofd, National University of Singapore Ian James, University of Cambridge, UK George Katsonis, King’s College London, UK Scott McQuire, University of Melbourne, Australia Nicholas Michelson, King’s College London, UK Eftychia Mikelli, BCA College, Athens, Greece Nick Prior, University of Edinburgh, UK Ronald E. Purser, San Francisco State University, USA Julian Reid, University of Lapland, Finland Stephen Sale, London Consortium, UK Gregor Schuner, University of Luxembourg Richard G. Smith, Swansea University, UK Eric Wilson, Monash University, Melbourne, Australia J. Macgregor Wise, Arizona State University, USA May Ee Wong, University of California Davis, USA Mark Wright, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK
Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Reference The Virilio Dictionary Edited by John Armitage
List of Entries A Accident • Accident of Art • Accident Museum • Accident of Science • Aesthetics of Disappearance • Architecture • Art • Art of the Motor B Baudrillard, Jean • Body • Bunker Archeology C Catastrophe • Chronopolitics • Church of Saint-Bernadette Du Banlay • Cinema • City • City of Panic • Claustropolis • Critical Space • Cybernetic, Cybernetics • Cyberspace D Decomposition • Deleuze, Gilles • Desert Screen • Deterritorialisation • Dromology • Dromoeconomics • Dromomania, Dromomaniacs • Dromoscopy • Dromosphere E Endo-Colonisation • Escape Velocity • Events • Eye Lust F Fast Feminism • Fear • Feminism • Foreclosure • Futurism G Globalisation • Great Accelerator • Grey Ecology • Ground Zero H Husserl, Edmund • Hypermodernism I Information Bomb K Kittler, Friedrich, A L Landscape of Events • Law of Proximity • Logistics of Perception M Mass Individualism • Media • Merleau-Ponty, Maurice • Military–Industrial Complex • Military Space • Modernity, Modernism • Movement, Mobility N Negative Horizon O Optics • Orbital Space • Original Accident • Overexposed City P Perception • Phenomenology • Picnolepsy • Pitiless Art • Place • Polar Inertia • Political Economy of Speed • Politics • Politics of the Very Worst • Postmodernity, Postmodernism • Propaganda of Progress • Pure War R Real Time • Resistance • Revolutionary, Revelationary S Sedentariness • Space-Time • Speed • Speed-Space • State • State of Emergency • Stereo-Reality • Stop-Eject • Strategy of the Beyond • Suicidal State T Technology • Tendency • Territory • Theory • Third Interval • Trajectory U Philosophy Ultracity • Unknown Quantity • University of Disaster 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF V tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Vision Machine • Virtual Reality fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 W [email protected] War • Writing www.euppublishing.com Untimely Aff ects Gilles Deleuze and an Ethics of Cinema Nadine Boljkovac
May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4644 9 £65.00
216pp 234x156mm 10 b&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6970 7 £65.00
How do the practices of philosophy and fi lm converge in ethical and political theory?
Description The Author Focusing on Alain Resnais and Chris Marker's cinemas, Boljkovac uses the philosophy Nadine Boljkovac is Postdoctoral of Gilles Deleuze to ask how cinema can enable us to see and act in an ethical way. Fellow in Film-Philosophy at Brown University Key Features Series • A new perspective on the relationships between poststructuralist philosophy, ethics and modern cinema Plateaus – New Directions in Deleuze • Reads and analyses the cinematic medium itself through concepts of aff ect, Studies sensation and actual & virtual violence Readership More books in the Plateus series Advanced undergraduate students, postgraduates and researchers Between Desire and Pleasure working on Deleuze and modern A Deleuzian Theory of Sexuality cinema: Continental philosophy, fi lm Frida Beckman studies and critical theory. May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4592 3 £65.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4593 0 £65.00
Deleuze and the Transcendental Conditions of Thought Daniela Voss May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 7625 5 £65.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7626 2 £65.00 Returning to Revolution: Deleuze, Guattari and Zapatismo Thomas Nail August 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 5586 1 £65.00 Philosophy Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 5587 8 £65.00 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Deleuze and the Transcendental Conditions of Thought Daniela Voss May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 7625 5 £65.00
232pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7626 2 £65.00
Analyses Deleuze’s notion of transcendental and genetic Ideas as conditions of creative thought
Description The Author From his early work in Nietzsche and Philosophy to Diff erence and Repetition, Daniela Voss is a philosopher based in Deleuze develops a unique notion of transcendental philosophy. It comprises a Berlin. radical critique of the illusions of representation and a genetic model of thought. Engaging with questions of representation, Ideas and the transcendental, Daniela Series Voss off ers a sophisticated treatment of the Kantian aspects of Deleuze’s thought, taking account of Leibniz, Maimon, Lautman and Nietzsche along the way. Plateaus – New Directions in Deleuze Studies Key Features Readership • Demonstrates that Deleuze’s early philosophy is transcendental • Puts forward a new understanding of the transcendental conditions of thought Advanced undergraduate students, • Gives insight into how Deleuze’s thought developed along the lines of thinkers postgraduates and researchers such as Leibniz, Kant, Maimon, Bergson, Nietzsche and Klossowski working on Deleuze and modern cinema: Continental philosophy, fi lm More books in the Plateus series studies and critical theory.
Returning to Revolution: Deleuze, Guattari and Zapatismo by Thomas Nail August 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 5586 1 £65.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 5587 8 £65.00
Between Desire and Pleasure: A Deleuzian Theory of Sexuality by Frida Beckman May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4592 3 £65.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4593 0 £65.00
Untimely Aff ects: Philosophy Gilles Deleuze and an Ethics of Cinema by Nadine Boljkovac May 2013 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Hb 978-0-7486-4644-9 £65.00 tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Eb (PDF) 978-0-7486-6970-7 £65.00 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback Badiou and Cinema Alex Ling
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7724 5 £19.99
224pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats (2010): Hb 978 0 7486 4113 0 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4448 3 £70.00
Applies Badiou's philosophy to fi lms such as Hiroshima Mon Amour, Vertigo and The Matrix
Description The Author Alex Ling employs the philosophy of Alain Badiou to answer the question central Alex Ling is Research Lecturer in to all serious fi lm scholarship – namely, 'can cinema be thought?' In addressing Communication and Media Studies at this question, the author uses well-known fi lms to illustrate Badiou's philosophy the University of Western Sydney. and to consider the ways in which his work can be extended, critiqued and reframed with respect to the medium of cinema. Readership Selling Points Advanced undergraduates, postgraduates and academics • The hardback has sold around 200 copies since publication in 2010 working in contemporary continental • Badiou and Philosophy, edited by Sean Bowden and Simon Duff y, has sold over philosophy and fi lm theory. 250 paperbacks worldwide since publication in July 2012
Table of Contents
Introduction: Gorky's Maxim 1. Presenting Alain Badiou 2. Can Cinema Be Thought? 3. In the Kingdom of Shadows 4. An Aesthetic of Truth 5. An Instant or an Eternity: Rethinking Cinema After Deleuze 6. Alain Resnais and the Mise-en-Scène of Two 7. The Castle of Impurity Bibliography Filmography Index
Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Between Desire and Pleasure A Deleuzian Theory of Sexuality Frida Beckman
May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4592 3 £65.00
224pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4593 0 £65.00
Forms a theory of sexuality from Deleuze's philosophy that is all too relevant to today's world
Description The Author Intervening into fi elds including posthumanist, disability, animal and feminist Frida Beckman is a postdoctoral studies, and current critiques of capitalism and consumerism, Frida Beckman researcher at the Department of explores the possibility of recovering a theory of sexuality from French Thematic Studies at Linköping philosopher Gilles Deleuze's work. She makes a defi nitive contribution to cultural, University, Sweden. conceptual and political debates about sexuality. Key Features Series Plateaus – New Directions in Deleuze • Looks at Deleuze’s writing on sexuality from both historical and conceptual Studies perspectives to show how he interacts with other thinkers and sexuality in practice • Compares Deleuze's sexual theories to those of Michel Foucault – one of the Readership most infl uential theorists of sexuality in Continental philosophy and critical Advanced undergraduates, theory – analysing the diff erences, similarities and interrelations postgraduates, academics and researchers working in Deleuze More books in the Plateaus series Studies, Cultural Studies and Gender and Feminist Studies. Untimely Aff ects Gilles Deleuze and an Ethics of Cinema Nadine Boljkovac May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4644 9 £65.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6970 7 £65.00 Deleuze and the Transcendental Conditions of Thought Daniela Voss May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 7625 5 £65.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7626 2 £65.00 Returning to Revolution: Deleuze, Guattari and Zapatismo Philosophy Thomas Nail August 2012 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Hb 978 0 7486 5586 1 £65.00 tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 5587 8 £65.00 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Deleuze and Architecture Edited by Hélène Frichot and Stephen Loo
May 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7465 7 £24.99
232pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 7464 0 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7466 4 £70.00
Critiques the legacy and ongoing infl uence of Deleuze on the discipline and practice of architecture
Description The Author Since the 1980s, Deleuze’s philosophy has fuelled a generation of architectural Hélène Frichot is Associate Professor thinking, and can be seen in the design of a global range of contemporary built in Critical Studies in Architecture, environments. His work has also alerted architecture to crucial ecological, political School of Architecture and the Built and social problems that the discipline needs to reconcile. Environment, KTH, Stockholm. This collection looks critically at how Deleuze challenges architecture as a discipline, how architecture contributes to philosophy and how we can come to Stephen Loo is Professor of understand the complex politics of space of our increasingly networked world. Architecture at the School of Architecture & Design, University of Key Features Tasmania. • Shows Deleuze’s infl uence on the emerging biotechnological paradigm and new practices of participatory design Series • Engages with contemporary approaches to the theory and practice of Deleuze Connections architecture to provide radical agendas for the practice of Deleuzian philosophy Selling Points Readership Advanced undergraduates, • Deleuze and the Body, edited by Laura Guillaume & Joe Hughes, has sold over postgraduates and researchers 400 paperbacks worldwide since publication in 2011 working on Deleuze and architecture • Deleuze and Film, edited by David Martin-Jones and William Brown, has sold and design. over 350 paperbacks worldwide since publication in April 2012 More books in the Deleuze Connections series
Deleuze and Race Deleuze and Education Edited by Arun Saldanha & Jason Michael Edited by Inna Semetsky and Diana Adams Masny December 2011 April 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 6959 2 £26.99 Pb 978 0 7486 4302 8 £24.99 Hb 978 0 7486 6958 5 £85.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4303 5 £80.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6960 8 £85.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6945 5 £80.00 Deleuze and Research Methodologies Philosophy Edited by Rebecca Coleman & Jessica Ringrose 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF March 2013 tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Pb 978 0 7486 4410 0 £24.99 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 Hb 978 0 7486 4411 7 £80.00 [email protected] Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4412 4 £80.00 www.euppublishing.com textbook
Deleuze and Architecture Edited by Hélène Frichot and Stephen Loo
List of Contributors & Affi liations
Karen Burns, University of Melbourne Deborah Hauptman, Delft University of Technology Andrej Radman, Delft University of Technology Marko Jobst, University of Greenwich Hélène Frichot, Royal Institute of Technology (KTH), Sweden Bernard Cache, Independent architect and furniture designer Mike Hale, Architect at Archispace Kim Dovey, University of Melbourne Catharina Gabrielsson, Royal Institute of Technology (KTH), Sweden Cameron Duff , Monash University Andrew Ballantyne, Newcastle University, UK Adrian Parr, University of Cincinnati Chris Smith, University of Sydney Stephen Loo, University of Tasmania Simone Brott, Queensland University of Technology Doina Petrescu, University of Sheffi eld Constantin Petcou, University of Sheffi eld Anne Querrien, University of Sheffi eld Table of Contents
Introduction: Exhaustion and the Exhausted: Deleuze AND Architecture, Hélène Frichot and Stephen Loo
PART ONE: SITING 1. Becomings: Architecture, Feminism, Deleuze, before and after the Fold, Karen Burns 2. Northern Line, Deborah Hauptmann and Andrej Radman 3. Why Deleuze, Why Architecture, Marko Jobst
PART TWO: CONSTRUCTING 4. Deleuze and the Story of the Superfold, Hélène Frichot 5. Objectile: The Pursuit of Philosophy by Other Means? Bernard Cache 6. The Architect as Metallurgist: Using Concrete to Trace Bio-Digital Lines, Mike Hale 7. Assembling Architecture, Kim Dovey
PART THREE: GATHERING 8. Toward a Theory of the Architectural Subject, Simone Brott 9. The Holey City: Walking along Istanbul’s Theodosian Landwalls, Catharina Gabrielsson 10. Deleuze, Architecture and Social Fabrication, Andrew Ballantyne 11. Politics + Deleuze + Guattari + Architecture, Adrian Parr
PART FOUR: CARING 12. The Ethological City, Cameron Duff 13. Architectures, Critical and Clinical, Chris L. Smith 14. Abstract Care, Stephen Loo 15. Making a Rhizome or Architecture After Deleuze and Guattari, Doina Petrescu, Anne Querrien, Constantin Petcou;
Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Deleuze and Education Edited by Inna Semetsky and Diana Masny
April 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4302 8 £24.99 288pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4303 5 £80.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6945 5 £80.00
How Deleuze’s philosophy informs the interdisciplinary and multi-faceted problematic of education
Description The Author The 12 original essays in this volume look at contemporary debates on teaching Inna Semetsky is Adjunct Professor in and learning across the broad territory of educational theory and philosophy Cultural Studies, University of Waikato, of education. Moving from the formal to post-formal mode of education, the New Zealand. contributors explore education as an experimental and experiential process of becoming grounded in life that represents the becoming-Other of Deleuze’s Diana Masny is Professor of Education thought. and Director of the Multiple Literacies Research Unit at the Faculty of Key Features Education, University of Ottawa, Canada. • Contributors include Ronald Bogue and James Williams • Addresses contemporary debates on ethics, social experience & educational futures, subjectivity & creativity, pedagogy and literacy, mathematics, arts & Series science education Deleuze Connections Selling Points Readership • Deleuze and the Body, edited by Laura Guillaume & Joe Hughes, has sold over 400 paperbacks worldwide since publication in 2011 Mainly academics and postgraduate • Deleuze and Film, edited by David Martin-Jones and William Brown, has sold students working in the fi elds over 350 paperbacks worldwide since publication in April 2012 of philosophy, education, cultural studies, theoretical More books in the Deleuze Connections series psychology,psychoanalysis and arts, fi lm and literacy education. Deleuze and Race Deleuze and Architecture Edited by Arun Saldanha & Jason Michael Edited by Hélène Frichot & Stephen Loo Adams May 2013 December 2011 Pb 978 0 7486 7465 7 £21.99 Pb 978 0 7486 6959 2 £26.99 Hb 978 07486 7464 0 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 6958 5 £85.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7466 4 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6960 8 £85.00 Deleuze and Research Methodologies Edited by Rebecca Coleman & Jessica Ringrose Philosophy March 2013 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Pb 978 0 7486 4410 0 £24.99 tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Hb 978 0 7486 4411 7 £80.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4412 4 £80.00 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Deleuze and Education Edited by Inna Semetsky and Diana Masny
List of Contributors & Affi liations Mark Bonta, Delta State University Inna Semetsky, The University of Newcastle, Australia Diana Masny, University of Ottawa Joshua Delpech-Ramey, Haverford College Julie Allan, University of Stirling Professor Ronald Bogue, University of Georgia James Williams, University of Dundee Dr. Christopher M. Drohan, European Graduate School of Media and Communication Rocco Gangle, Endicott College David Holdsworth, Trent University Jason Wallin, University of Alberta David Cole, University of Western Sydney Table of Contents Introduction: Unfolding Deleuze, Inna Semetsky and Diana Masny Assemblage I: The art of teaching/teaching the arts 1. The Master Apprentice, Ronald Bogue 2. Staged interventions: Deleuze, arts and education, Julie Allen Assemblage II: Inside/Outside classroom 3. “We’re tired of trees”: Machinic University Geography Teaching After Deleuze, Mark Bonta 4. Multiple Literacies Theory: Exploring Spaces, Diana Masny 5. Aff ective literacies: Deleuze, discipline, and power, David Cole 6. Deleuze and the Virtual Classroom, Christopher M. Drohan Assemblage III: Mathematics and Science 7. Philosophical Problematization and Mathematical Solution: Learning Science with Gilles Deleuze, David Holdsworth 8. From Brackets to Arrows: Sets, Categories and the Deleuzian Pedagogy of Mathematics, Rocco Gangle Assemblage IV: Life, Sign, Time 9. Learning the Uncanny, Joshua Ramey 10. Morphologies for a Pedagogical Life, Jason Wallin 11. Deleuze, edusemiotics, and the logic of aff ects, Inna Semetsky 12. Time and education in the philosophy of Gilles Deleuze, James Williams
Philosophy
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com The Democratic Intellect George Davie
June 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 8362 8 £19.99
400pp 216x138mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 8363 5 £19.99
An Edinburgh Classic edition of a seminal work on Scotland’s intellectual identity
Description The Author First published in 1961, The Democratic Intellect provoked a new relationship with George Elder Davie (1912–2007) was Scotland’s philosophy of itself. one of Scotland’s most infl uential modern philosophers. He was Scotland has always had a distinctive approach to higher education. From the Lecturer in Logic and Metaphysics inauguration of its fi rst universities, the accent has been on fi rst principles. This at the University of Edinburgh and unifi ed the approach to knowledge - even of mathematics and science - through author of The Crisis of the Democratic a broad, philosophical interpretation. This generalist tradition, contrasting Intellect as well as The Scottish with the specialism of the two English universities, Oxford and Cambridge, Enlightenment and Other Essays and stood Scotland in good stead. It characterised its intellectual life, even into the The Scotch Metaphysics : a Century of nineteenth century, when economic, social and political pressures enforced an Enlightenment in Scotland. increasing conformity to English models. George Davie's account of the history of these movements, and of the great personalities involved, has proved seminal in Readership restoring to Scotland a sense of cultural identity. Scottish historians, philosophers, The Democratic Intellect is rightly a benchmark in Scotland’s intellectual heritage policy makers, students of Scottish and continues to have a marked infl uence on those promoting enquiry and history and education, teachers and improvement within our colleges and universities. lecturers, general public.
Key Features • New Edinburgh Classic edition at accessible price • New preface and foreword setting the book in context • Launches a series of Edinburgh Classics in Scottish History • Will contribute to the Independence debate of 2014
Scottish Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Lairds, Land and Sustainability Scott ish Perspectives on Upland Management Edited by Jayne Glass, Martin Price, Charles Warren and Alister Scott June 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4590 9 £24.99
224pp 244x172mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4591 6 £75.00
A critical study of Scotland's land use and ownership
Description The Editors Scotland is at the heart of modern sustainable upland management. Large estates Jayne Glass is Research Associate at cover vast areas of mountain environment in Scotland, with a deeply historical the Centre for Mountain Studies, Perth and unique tradition of land ownership and land use. Over the modern period, College, UHI Millennium Institute. the use of these lands by stakeholders has developed into a forcing ground for large scale upland management issues. Martin Price is Professor and Director of the Centre for Mountain Studies, This collection of cutting edge studies is a fi rst–to–press synthesis of studies Perth College, UHI Millennium carried out by the Centre for Mountain Studies at Perth College, which will be Institute. both enlightening and relevant to upland managers across Britain and Europe. It will compare fi ndings from privately–owned estates as well as those owned by Charles Warren is a Senior Lecturer communities, charities and conservation groups. With the Scottish Government in the School of Geography & promoting a vision of environmental sustainability of land use and rural Geosciences at the University of St communities, and all eyes on the reform of land use and ownership in Scotland, Andrews. this book will be extremely topical. Alister Scott is Professor of Spatial Key Features Planning and Governance at The Birmingham School of the Built • Presents major new thinking on upland estate management Environment at Birmingham City • First dedicated textbook on upland estate management University • Respected and experienced academic editorial team Readership • An academic synthesis of theory and practical case–studies Undergraduate and Postgraduate students, academics and estate management practitioners involved in upland management and environmental sustainability.
Scottish Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
New Edition Court, Kirk and Community Scotland 1470–1625, Second Edition Jenny Wormald
July 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 1940 5 £19.99
256pp 216x138mm 2 B&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 1939 9 £60.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 2901 5 £60.00
How did Scots live and change in the dying days of an independent kingdom?
Description The Author This second revised edition, in the popular New History of Scotland series, focuses Jenny Wormald is Honorary Fellow in on society and religious life in Reformation Scotland from 1470 to 1625. Jenny Scottish History at the University Of Wormald traces the turbulent and often calamitous evolution of Scotland from Edinburgh. She is author of Lords and medieval and feudal to the modern state. Whilst undergoing the transformation Men in Scotland: Bonds of Manrent, in religious life from catholic to protestant, Scotland also had to contend with a 1442-1603 (Edinburgh: John Donald, changing monarchy, war and government. 1985), co-editor of Scotland: a History (Oxford: OUP, 2005) and general editor This introduction, rewritten to include the most recent research, covers all the on the New History of Scotland series key events of the period including Scotland's alliances with France, treaties with with Edinburgh University Press. the English and the Union of the Crowns. At the heart of the book is a detailed examination of the spiritual origins and secular eff ects of the Reformation as it Series transformed root and branch the older medieval structure of Scotland. New History of Scotland Key Features Readership • Fully updated and revised Students of Scottish early modern • Popular student textbook series history; general readers of Scottish • New maps and illustrations history.
Previous Edition details
Pb 978 0 7486 0276 6 £22.99 June 1991
Scottish Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Refl ections on the Astronomy of Glasgow David Clarke
May 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7890 7 £35.00
336pp 234x156mm 169 B&w illustrations 12 colour illustrations
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 7889 1 £90.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7891 4 £90.00
How Astronomy contributed to the educational enlightenment of Glasgow, to its society and to its commerce.
Description The Author The words ‘Astronomy’ and ‘Glasgow’ seem an incongruous juxtaposition, and yet David Clarke is a Practical Astronomer the two are closely linked over 500 years of history. This is a tale of enlightenment and has worked around the world and scientifi c progress at both institutional and public levels. Combined with the on optical telescopes and on space ambitions of civic commerce, it is a story populated with noteworthy personalities missions such as Skylab and Pioneer and intense rivalries. 10. Spending most of his career within Glasgow University in Education and It is remarkable to realise that the fi rst Astronomy teaching in the Glasgow Research as Observatory Director, 'Colledge' presented an Earth–centred Universe, prior to the Copernican his energies have now turned to revolution of the mid sixteenth Century. Glasgow was later known astronomically exploring historical themes. for the telescope observations of sunspots made by Wilson in the 1760s, but less well known are the ideas related to mono–chromaticity within light, to dew point Readership and hoar frost, and Herschel’s discovery of infra–red energy in solar radiation by application of Glasgow–made thermometers. Specialist Academics of the History of Science, Professional and Amateur This engrossing and entertaining scientifi c history includes the story of Glasgow’s Astronomers and/or the Layman with ‘Big Bang’ of 1863, the controversy over ‘Astronomer Royal for Scotland’ and a an interest in Astronomy, or for the historical survey of the eight observatories that once populated Glasgow. David History of the City of Glasgow. Clarke brings us a complex weave of science and accompanying social history in this unique and fascinating work.
Key Features • A comprehensive narrative of 500+ years of Glasgow’s connections with Astronomy • Contributions made to Astronomy directly by Glasgow University, and new ideas developed there and picked up by others outside its walls are related. • Provides short biographies of colourful contributors to the Astronomical scene in Glasgow. • Presents the history, architecture and structures of eight Glasgow observatories. Scottish Studies • Gives insight on social aspects of Astronomy within Glasgow, its relationships with commerce, and the upsurge of interests in Astronomy by the general 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF public. tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Refl ections on the Astronomy of Glasgow David Clarke
Table of Contents
Chapter 1: Glasgow Astronomy Chapter 2: Some Early Astronomy Chapter 3: Establishing Astronomy Chapter 4: The Wilsons Chapter 5: The Early Nineteenth Century Chapter 6: A Professor of Eloquence Chapter 7: The Glory of Glasgow Chapter 8: Time is of the Essence Chapter 9: The Turn of The Century Chapter 10: The Astronomical Society of Glasgow Chapter 11: University Gardens Chapter 12: To The New Millennium
Scottish Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Lost in the Backwoods Scots and the North American Wilderness Jenni Calder
May 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4738 5 £19.99
224pp 216 x 138mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4739 2 £65.00 Eb 978 0 7486 4740 8 £65.00
How the American wilderness shaped Scottish experience, imagination and identity
Description The Author How is the Scottish imagination shaped by its émigré experience with wilderness Jenni Calder worked with the National and the extreme? Drawing on journals, emigrant guides, memoirs, letters, poetry Museum of Scotland from 1978 to and fi ction, this book examines patterns of survival, defeat, adaptation and 2001 (including Head of Publications response in North America's harshest landscapes. Most Scots who crossed the and script co–ordinator for the Atlantic in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries encountered the practical, Museum of Scotland exhibitions), moral and cultural challenges of the wilderness, with its many tensions and since when she has worked as a contradictions. Jenni Calder explores the eff ect of these experiences on the Scots freelance writer and lecturer. imagination. Readership Associated with displacement and disappearance, the 'wilderness' was also a source of adventure and redemption, of exploitation and spiritual regeneration, of Students and scholars of Scottish, freedom and restriction. An arena of greed, cruelty and cannibalism, of courage, British and North American history. generosity and mutual understanding, it brought out the best and the worst of General readership on both sides of humanity. Did the Scots who emigrated exchange one extreme for another, or did the Atlantic. they discover a new idea of identity, freedom and landscape?
Key Features • The book draws on a wide range of Scottish, Canadian and US source material • Illuminates overlooked aspects of the Scottish diaspora experience • Extends the frontiers of Scottish history • Relates to current political, cultural and genealogical concerns
Scottish Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Bigotry, Football and Scotland Perspectives and Debates Edited by John Flint and John Kelly
July 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7037 6 £19.99
240pp 234x156mm 6 b&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 7036 9 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7038 3 £70.00
Academic perspectives and analysis of recent controversies relating to football and bigotry in Scottish society
Description The Author Football is Scotland’s most assiduously reported sport and has a proud national John Flint is Professor of Town and heritage, yet much of its history at club level has been haunted by bigotry and Regional Planning at the University of sectarianism. Sheffi eld.
This collection investigates this contradiction and brings a fresh and intelligent John Kelly is Lecturer in Sport and analysis to an already vigorous debate. It analyses recent high profi le controversies Recreation Management in the surrounding some football clubs in Scotland in an attempt to understand the Institute for Sport, Physical Education continuing existence of bigotry and sectarianism and in doing so illuminates and Health Sciences at the University wider issues of confl ict, ethnicity, gender, identity, religion and social class within of Edinburgh. Scotland. Readership The book attempts to answer a number of questions. Is sectarian bigotry confi ned to the west of Scotland and is it the only prejudice needing addressed in relation Undergraduates and postgraduates to Scottish football? Are contemporary events new or do they have historic in Scottish Social History and Sport precedents? What should be the response of government, legislation, football Studies, and sociology and politics authorities, clubs, football supporters and other institutions and organisations modules. in Scotland? And, perhaps most importantly, what vision should we have for a sporting Scottish society and its diverse population?
Key Features • Specifi c focus on bigotry and football with in-depth examination of contemporary events and debates by leading scholars in the fi eld • Full analysis of the events of recent football seasons, combining social theory and history with empirical evidence from new research. • Coverage of emerging and under-researched issues, including gender, new legislation, sectarianism and the internet, social class and perspectives of football clubs beyond the Old Firm. • Inter-disciplinary approach, providing insights from criminology, cultural Scottish Studies studies, ethnic and racial studies, philosophy, gender studies, history, legal studies, sociology, sports studies and urban studies. 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com The Edinburgh Festivals Culture and Society in Post–war Britain Angela Bartie
May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 7030 7 £65.00
224pp 234x156mm 8 B&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7031 4 £65.00
Post–war culture and society and the Edinburgh Festivals
Description The Author The Edinburgh Festival is the world’s largest arts festival. It has also been the site Angela Bartie is a lecturer in History of numerous ‘culture wars’ since it began in 1947. Key debates that took place and Oral History in the Department of across the western world about the place of culture in society, the practice and Humanities and Social Sciences at the signifi cance of the arts, censorship, the role of organised religion, and meanings of University of Strathclyde. morality were all refl ected in contest over culture in the Festival City. Readership The Edinburgh International Festival of Music and Drama sought to use culture to bolster European civilisation, for which it was considered for the Nobel Peace Students and undergraduates/ Prize in 1952. The Church saw culture as a ‘weapon of enlightenment’, the labour postgraduates of Scottish History and movement as a ‘weapon in the struggle’, and the new generation of artistic Scottish Culture. entrepreneurs who came to the fore in the 1960s as a means of challenge and provocation, resulting in high profi le controversies like the nudity trial of 1963 and the furore over a play about bestiality in 1967.
These ideas – conservative and liberal, elite and diverse, traditional and avant– garde – all clashed every August in Edinburgh, making the Festival City an eff ective lens for exploring major changes in culture and society in post–war Britain. This book explores the ‘culture wars’ of 1945–1970 and is the fi rst major study of the origins and development of this leading annual arts extravaganza.
Key Features • First critical history of the fi rst twenty fi ve years of the world’s biggest arts festival • Uses festivals (and key theatre ventures) in Edinburgh as a lens for understanding wider social and cultural change in post–war Britain • Acts as a practical exercise in the application of cultural criticism by combining social and cultural history with insights from cultural studies and contemporary festivals and events literature • Draws upon a range of archival sources, including original oral history interviews with key players in the arts scene of Edinburgh and beyond Scottish Studies • Provides a valuable addition to the history of the arts in British society in the 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF period c. 1945–1971 tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Reference Scott ish Women A Documentary History, c.1780–1914 Esther Breitenbach, Linda Fleming, Karly Kehoe and Lesley Orr
June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4016 4 £80.00
320pp 244 x 172mm 10 B&w illustrations
Compiles the voices of around a hundred Scottish women, many never before heard
Description The Editors The editors of this volume introduce topics and debates relevant to nineteenth– Esther Breitenbach is a researcher in century women's everyday lives, using selected primary source material to the School of History, Classics and demonstrate key points. The editors' introductions to key themes provide an Archaeology at the University of entry point to Scottish Women's history and the sources seeing print for the Edinburgh. fi rst time will attract an audience of readers lacking easy access to the archives. The volume taps into the popularity of primary source–based activities in the Linda Fleming joined the SCOB team schools curriculum as well as making many primary sources available to a wider in 2006 as a researcher for the Scottish readership for the fi rst time. Readers Remember project and contributes teaching at Napier on the Key Features history of reading, and on oral history methodology.
• First book-length approach to this topic Karly Kehoe is Lecturer and • Companion to the Biographical Dictionary of Scottish Women Programme Leader at the UHI centre • New research available for the fi rst time for History. • Valuable sources and commentaries Lesley Orr is a Researcher at the University of Edinburgh
Readership Students of Scottish history, nineteenth century women's history and social history.
Scottish Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com The Third Duke of Buccleuch and Adam Smith Estate Management and Improvement in Enlightenment Scotland Brian Bonnyman
June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4200 7 £55.00
256pp 234x156mm 6 B&w illustrations 2 Maps
Examines the career of Henry Scott, third Duke of Buccleuch (1746–1812), with particular focus on his relationship with his tutor and friend, the philosopher Adam Smith
Description The Author Henry Scott, the third Duke of Buccleuch (1746–1812), presided over the Brian Bonnyman is Honorary Research management of one of the largest landed estates in Britain during a time of Fellow at the University of Aberdeen. dramatic agrarian, social and political change. Tutored and advised by the philosopher Adam Smith, the Duke was also an important patron of the Scottish Series Enlightenment, lauded by the Edinburgh literati the as an exemplar of patriotic nobility and civic virtue, while his alliance with Henry Dundas dominated Scottish Scottish Historical Review Monographs politics for almost forty years. Readership Combining the approaches of intellectual, economic and landscape history, this book examines the life and career of the third Duke, focusing in particular on his Postgraduates and academics in relationship with Adam Smith and the improvement of his extensive Scottish Scottish History, as well as an informed estates. general readership with interests in eighteenth-century Scottish and By examining the infl uence of one of the eighteenth century’s foremost British History and Enlightenment philosophers of improvement upon the career of one Scotland’s largest Studies. landowners, this book explores the various infl uences – intellectual, economic, moral and political – which helped shape Scotland’s distinctive agricultural revolution. In its exploration of the cultural as well as the economic roots of improvement and in its assessment of previously unappreciated aspect of Adam Smith’s career, this book will appeal to both specialist scholars and general readers interested in the Scottish Enlightenment, estate management and the culture of improvement in eighteenth–century Scotland.
Key Features
• Important monograph series from new scholars • First critical look at the 3rd Duke of Buccleuch • Historical perspective on estate management in Scotland Scottish Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Power and Propaganda Scotland 1306-1488 Katie Stevenson
August 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4586 2 £19.99
224pp 216x138mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4587 9 £55.00
Please provide strapline
Description The Author The late medieval period of the 14th and 15th centuries was a nation-building Katie Stevenson is Lecturer in Late time for Scotland. Many of the broader themes of late medieval European history Mediaeval British History, University of played out on a Scottish stage in the same period. This tumultuous time shaped St Andrews. political rhetoric, literature and culture from the sixteenth century to the present day and has proved to be a 'usable past' for scholars of late medieval Scottish Series history, defi nitively shaping modern Scottish concerns and 'national' identities. New History of Scotland Key Features Readership • Fresh introductory study of late medieval Scotland • Groundbreaking research incorporated into the study Students of modern Scottish social • Respected and experience academic editorial team history; general readers of Scottish history.
Scottish Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New Edition The Minaret Jonathan M. Bloom
July 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 3725 6 £75.00
320pp 244x172mm 200 colour and 28 b&w illustrations
A lavishly illustrated history of this iconic element of Islamic architecture
Description The Author The Minaret: the most striking and visible element of Islamic architecture. Tracing Jonathan M. Bloom is Norma Jean its origins and development, Bloom reveals that the Minaret, long understood Calderwood Professor of Islamic and to have been invented in the early years of Islam as the place from which the Asian Art, Boston College, and Hamad muezzin gives the call to prayer, was actually invented some two centuries later to Bin Khalifa Chair in Islamic Art, Virginia be a visible symbol of Islam. Commonwealth University.
New for this edition Series • Broader focus: expanded to cover the Minaret in West and East Africa, the Edinburgh Studies in Islamic Art Yemen and Southeast Asia in addition to Iran, Egypt, Turkey and India • How do minarets stay up – even in earthquakes? New section on the Readership engineering of minarets for scholars with a specialist interest in architecture • Brings the discussion up-to-date: how are modern architects using the tower Upper level undergraduates, MA form? students and researchers in Islamic • Now generously illustrated with colour photographs as well as black and white and Middle Eastern studies, art history photographs and line drawings and architecture. • Easier to read: uses simplifi ed transcriptions of Arabic terms and names • Bibliography updated to include the latest publications Previous Edition: • Text updated and corrected throughout Oxford: Oxford University Press Selling Points 978 0 1972 8013 3 216pp 133 b&w illustrations • The fi rst edition sold around 1,000 copies Published in 1989 • Adds a new dimension to the history of sectarian disagreements between Sunni and Shia Muslims • Part of the high-grossing Edinburgh Studies in Islamic Art series: Islamic Chinoiserie by Yuki Kadoi (2009) has sold 300 hardbacks since publication and Isfahan and its Palaces by Sussan Babaie (2008) has sold over 400 hardbacks since publication Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback The Writt en Word in the Medieval Arabic Lands A Social and Cultural History of Reading Practices Konrad Hirschler
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7734 4 £24.99
304pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4256 4 £65.00 (2011) Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 5421 5 £65.00 (2011)
How the written text became accessible to wider audiences in medieval Egypt and Syria
Description The Author Medieval Islamic societies belonged to the most bookish cultures of their period. Konrad Hirschler is Senior Lecturer in Using a wide variety of documentary, narrative and normative sources, Konrad the History of the Near and Middle Hirschler explores the growth of reading audiences in a pre-print culture. East at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. The uses of the written word grew signifi cantly in Egypt and Syria between the 11th and the 15th centuries, and more groups within society started to participate Readership in individual and communal reading acts. New audiences in reading sessions, school curricula, increasing numbers of endowed libraries and the appearance Advanced undergraduates, graduates, of popular written literature all bear witness to the profound transformation of researchers and academics in cultural practices and their social contexts. Islamic and Middle Eastern studies departments taking courses in the Key Features Late Medieval Middle East, the history of reading and pre-modern cultural • A detailed and wide-ranging analysis of reading in the period history. • Explores the key themes of literacy, orality and aurality • Examines the accessibility and profi le of libraries • Looks at popular reading practices, often associated with the notion of the illicit
Selling Points
• Winner of the 2012 BRISMES Book Prize • The hardback has sold over 200 copies since publication in December 2012
Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback The Writt en Word in the Medieval Arabic Lands A Social and Cultural History of Reading Practices Konrad Hirschler
Table of Contents
1. Reading and writerly culture Literacy, orality and aurality The written word in the Middle Period ‘Popular’ practices of reading
2. A city is reading: Popular and learned reading sessions Methodological considerations Reading Communities between scholarly sessions and popular sessions The order of seating: Social and cultural diff erences Motivations to participate in popular readings Changes over time: Reading certifi cates and ‘popular’ culture
3. Learning to read: Popularisation and the written word in children’s schools Textualisation and curricular changes Methods to teach reading and writing The spread of the endowed school and social changes
4. Local endowed libraries and their readers The central ruler library and the ‘decline’ of post-classical libraries The development of the local endowed library Profi les of holdings in private and local endowed libraries
5. Popular reading practices The popular epic Popular epics and the written word Textualisation and challenges to scholarly authority Writing for a popular readership
6. Conclusion
Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook Advanced English-Arabic Translation A Guide El Mustapha Lahlali and Wafa Ali Mohammed Abu Hatab
July 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4583 1 £24.99
200pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4584 8 £75.00
Your one-stop practical guide to translating text from English into Arabic
Description The Author This clearly structured guide will help learners who already have a basic grasp of El Mustapha Lahlali is Lecturer in the Arabic to hone their translation skills. The texts chosen for translation exercises Department of Arabic and Middle have been carefully selected from a variety of authentic, contemporary sources Eastern Studies at the University of to introduce learners to the stylistic features they will encounter, helping them to Leeds. develop their skills across a range of genres. Wafa Ali Mohammed Abu Hatab is Key Features Part-Time Lecturer in Translation at the University of Jordan • Examples cover media, legal, scientifi c & technical, literary, religious and administrative texts Readership • Clear explanations and worked examples develop your understanding of the translation process Upper level undergraduates and • Lots of drills and exercises help you to enhance and refi ne your translation skills MA students in Islamic and Middle • Exemplary translations to check your own work against: perfect for self-learning Eastern Studies, Arabic Language and Translation Studies. Selling Points • El Mustapha Lahlali's books are proven strong sellers • How to Write in Arabic (2009) has sold over 850 paperbacks • Advanced Media Arabic (2008) has sold over 700 paperbacks.
Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Arab Christians in British Mandate Palestine Communalism and Nationalism, 1917–1948 Noah Haiduc-Dale
March 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 7603 3 £65.00
232pp 234x156mm 10 b&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7604 0 £65.00
Shows how Arab Christians struggled to balance religious and nationalist identities in Palestine between 1917 and 1948
Description The Author Noah Haiduc-Dale focuses on the relationship between Arab Christians and the Noah Haiduc-Dale is Assistant nationalist movement in Palestine as the British Mandate unfolded throughout Professor in the Department of the fi rst half of the 20th century. Evidence of individual behaviours and beliefs, History at Waynesburg University in as well as those of Christian organisations (both religious and social in nature), Pennsylvania. challenges the prevailing assumption that Arab Christians were prone to communalism. Instead, they were as likely as their Muslim compatriots to support Readership nationalism. When social pressure led Christians to identify along communal lines, they did so in conjunction with a stronger dedication to nationalism. MA students and academics in Middle Eastern Studies studying Palestinan- Key Features Israeli confl ict and Christian-Muslim relations. • Tracks the history of Palestine’s Arab Christians and their relationship to Palestinian nationalism • Challenges the standard historiography of communalism which suggests communal identifi cation is always in opposition to nationalist identifi cation • Refuses to stereotype Arab Christian behaviour and belief based on the actions of a few individuals – instead looks at the variety of Christian activity during the mandate.
Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Genealogy and Knowledge in Muslim Societies Understanding the Past Edited by Sarah Bowen Savant and Elena de Felipe Rodriguez
June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4497 1 £60.00
192pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4498 8 £60.00
Explores the generation, preservation and manipulation of genealogical knowledge
Description The Author From the Prophet's family tree to the present, ideas about kinship and Sarah Bowen Savant is Assistant descent have shaped communal and national identities in Muslim societies. Professor at the Aga Khan University So an understanding of genealogy is therefore vital to our understanding of (UK), Institute for the Study of Muslim Muslim societies, particularly with regard to the generation, preservation and Civilisations. manipulation of genealogical knowledge. Elena de Felipe Rodriguez is Lecturer These case studies link genealogical knowledge to particular circumstances in in History at the Universidad de Alcalá. which it was created, circulated and promoted. They stress the malleability of kinship and memory, and the interests this malleability serves. Series Exploring Muslim Contexts
Readership MA students and academics in Islamic and Middle Eastern Studies, Religious Studies and History.
Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Healing the Nation Prisoners of War, Medicine and Nationalism in Turkey, 1914–1939 Yücel Yanıkdağ
April 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 6578 5 £70.00
452pp 234x156mm 13 b&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6579 2 £70.00
Explores how the Great War infl uenced the construction of identity and nationalism in the Ottoman Empire
Description The Author This work explores how, during the First World War, Ottoman prisoners of war and Yücel Yanıkdağ is Assistant Professor military doctors discursively constructed their nation as a community, and at the of Islamic and Middle Eastern History, same time attempted to exclude certain groups from that nation. Those excluded University of Richmond. were not always from diff erent ethnic or religious groups as you might expect: educated offi cer prisoners excluded peasants from their concept of the nation; Readership doctors used international socio-medicine to exclude all those – offi cers, enlisted men, civilians – they deemed to be hereditarily weak. MA students and academics in Islamic and Middle Eastern history, 20th- century history and the First and Second World Wars more generally.
Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Internet Arabic Mourad Diouri
January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4491 9 £12.99
128pp 198x129mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4493 3 £12.99
All the expressions, jargon and coinages you need to talk about the internet in Arabic
Description The Author What’s the Arabic for 'homepage'? How do you say 'podcast'? Do you know which Mourad Diouri is an e-Learning button says 'add this site to your favourites'? Or 'printer-friendly version'? lecturer in Arabic and e-Learning developer at the University of This vocabulary contains ready-made lists of key terms in Internet Arabic for Edinburgh. In addition to teaching translating both from and into Arabic, grouped together in the way that learners Arabic as a foreign language, will use them. he specialises in the design and development of eLearning resources Divided into 11 key areas to support language learners and teachers in and beyond the classroom. General Terminology • Web Browsing • Written Online Communication (emails, online forms; blogging; collaborative writing) • Audio-Visual Online Series Communication • Searching for Information on the Web • e-Learning • Online Essential Middle Eastern Vocabularies Social Networking • Netiquette • Online Security • Internet Services • My Digital Identity Readership Key Features Undergraduates, researchers and teachers in Islamic and Middle Eastern • Groups terms together in thematic sections to give you all the vocabulary you Studies; anyone who accesses Arabic need to talk about a subject internet resources (including the latest • Easy-to-learn lists for you to test your translation skills news and current aff airs) for research, • Includes a CD of audio podcasts to help you check your pronunciation, teaching and communication. interactive audio-visual e-fl ashcards and an index
Selling Points • Media Arabic (1st edition), by Elisabeth Kendall, sold over 1,800 copies since publication in 2005 • Advanced Media Arabic, by El Mustapha Lahlali, has sold over 700 paperbacks since publication in 2008 Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Security Arabic Mark Evans
January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4661 6 £12.99
160pp 198x129mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4663 0 £12.99
All the Arabic words you need to read, write and translate on the topic of intelligence and security
Description The Author What is the Arabic term for sleeper cell? How would you say hijacker? Could you Mark Evans has many years of recognise the phrase operational planning? Or money-laundering investigations? experience as an Arabic linguist, This short, accessible vocabulary gives you ready-made lists of key terms in working with a range of government intelligence and security Arabic for translating both from and into Arabic. departments in the UK. He also has qualifi cations and experience in the Divided into 9 key areas management of language training provision, most recently leading work • General across HMG and Higher Education • Intelligence & Security Policy and Law to provide joint language training in • Organisations and People Arabic and other languages. • International and Middle East Security • Counter-Terrorism Series • Defence and the Military • Information Technology Essential Middle Eastern Vocabularies • Energy and Infrastructure Security • CBRN: Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear Readership Undergraduates and graduates (from More books in the Essential Middle Eastern Vocabularies series mid-beginner level to advanced learners) in Islamic and Middle Eastern Internet Arabic Studies, Security Studies, Intelligence Mourad Diouri Studies; students in private and Jan 2013 government language institutes; Pb 978 0 7486 4491 9 £12.99 government, diplomatic and military personnel. Media Arabic Elisabeth Kendall Jun 2012 Pb 978 0 7486 4495 7 £12.99
Media Persian Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies Dominic Brookshaw July 2011 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Pb 978 0 7486 4100 0 £12.99 tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Hb 978 0 7486 4101 7 £50.00 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Islamic and Ethical Finance in the United Kingdom Elaine Housby
June 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4895 5 £24.99
216pp 216x138mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4896 2 £75.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4897 9 £75.00
What exactly is ethical fi nance? Is Islamic fi nance ethical? Is ethical fi nance Islamic?
Description The Author Islamic fi nance is routinely described as ethical. This refl ects the fact that self- Elaine Housby completed a PhD on described ‘ethical’ fi nance is a large and growing sector of the market. It has the subject of Islamic fi nance in Britain a very positive image with which Islamic fi nancial services seek to associate at the Open University, after previously themselves. Yet the claim that ‘Islamic’ and ‘ethical’ are synonymous is rarely obtaining degrees involving varying seriously examined, and nor is the claim that there exists a consistent and combinations of politics, history, generally understood defi nition of ethical practice. This book examines a wide religion and Arabic. range of fi nancial institutions in Britain which fall broadly within the ethical sector, considering the nature of their principles and practices, and how they relate to Series Islamic models and to Muslim communities. Edinburgh Guides to Islamic Finance Key Features Readership • First systematic comparison of the principles and functioning of Islamic and secular ethical fi nancial services Senior undergraduates, MA, MSc and • Includes chapters on retail banking, investment funds, building societies, MBA students and lecturers in Islamic charities and social enterprise and Middle Eastern Studies, and • Uses the UK as a case study due to its well-developed ethical and Islamic Finance/ Banking, taking courses on fi nancial services sectors Islamic Finance and/ or Ethical Finance more generally. Also a professional market. Selling Points • Especially relevant in the continuing global fi nancial crisis as debates rage about whether ethical fi nance can give us a secure fi nancial future • Our Islamic fi nance books have a strong sales track record: • Islamic Finance in the Global Economy (May 2010) by Ibrahim Warde has sold nearly 800 copies • Product Development in Islamic Banks by Habib Ahmed Islamic Asset Management (January 2011) by Natalie Schoon have both sold over 300 copies
Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Maqasid Foundations of Market Economics Seif Ibrahim Tag el-Din
April 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7003 1 £24.99
248pp 216x138mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 7002 4 £75.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7004 8 £75.00
Explains the exchange economics behind the Shari'ah compliance conditions of Islamic fi nance
Description The Author Drawing on received sources of maqasid (Shari’ah’s practical objectives), this book Seif Ibrahim Tag el-Din is Professor of demonstrates how the principles of market economics aff ect how markets and Economics at Imam University, Saudi fi nancial instititions actually operate underShari’ah law. It shows where Islamic Arabia. economics converges with and diff ers from conventional economics through the banning of usury and other Shari’ah-prohibited trade practices. Series Edinburgh Guides to Islamic Finance Key Features • Departs from the common conceptual grounds of market behaviour shared by Readership the maqasid approach and the conventional approach to economics • Clearly explains the maqasid economic rationale of precluding interest rates on Upper level undergraduate, MA and money capital from legitimate economic exchange MBA students. • Students can check their progress with learning outcomes, chapter previews, chapter summaries and revision questions
Table of Contents
Introduction Part I. Methodology of economics from the maqasid perspective 1. Economics of maqasid 2. Economic exchange and utility theory 3. Non-market economics and maqasid equitable public policy
Part II. Legitimate economic exchange and productive organisation 4. Trade versus usury 5. Principles of economic exchange and the nature of money 6. Economic organisation and factor productivity
Part III. Market imperfections Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies 7. Sources and treatment of market imperfection 8. Lessons from sales usury on market imperfection 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Bibliography tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Index fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Muslim Political Participation in Europe Edited by Jørgen S. Nielsen
February 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4694 4 £80.00
360pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4695 1 £80.00
Analyses European Muslim communities' developing involvement in their political environment
Description The Author Muslims are making themselves noticed in the political process of Europe. But Jørgen S. Nielsen is Professor of Islamic what is happening behind the sensational headlines? Studies, Faculty of Theology, University of Copenhagen. These 16 essays look at the processes and realities in 12 European areas: Belgium, Catalonia, Denmark, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Lithuania, the Netherlands, Readership Poland, Sweden and the UK. They analyse and compare issues from voting patterns in local and national assemblies to the tensions between ethnic, political MA students and academics in and religious identities. These developments drive internal Muslim debates Islamic & Middle Eastern studies and including whether Muslims should take part in the democratic process at all, and in politics. Suitable for courses on rivalries over who should represent Muslims. They also inspire sharp discussion in Muslims in Europe, ethnic minorities, Europe: how should European states view the increasingly active role of Muslims religious minorities, migration and in the public space? Does it signal integration or separation? integration.
Selling Points • The hardback of Young British Muslims, by Nahid Afrose Kabir, has sold over 200 copies worldwide since publication in 2010
Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback Oman, Culture and Diplomacy Jeremy Jones and Nicholas Ridout
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7733 7 £24.99
304pp 234x156mm 2 Maps Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4295 3 £60.00 (2012) Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7461 9 £60.00
The broadest history of Oman's international relations available in the English language
Description The Author From colonial narratives and Cold War calculations to Iranian-US relations and the Jeremy Jones is Senior Associate Middle East peace process, Oman has played an essential role in global diplomacy Member of the Oxford Centre for and international relations. Islamic Studies.
This study of the Sultanate of Oman presents a portrait of a nation through its Nicholas Ridout is a researcher, writer diplomacy. Drawing on key research into Omani religious and social traditions, and policy analyst. He is Reader in and ethnographic studies into Omani language and customs, this is the fi rst Theatre and Performance Studies at book to connect Oman's international relations to its history, culture and social Queen Mary, University of London. organisation. Readership Selling Points Academic bookshops and libraries; • The hardback has sold 200 copies since publication in January 2012 libraries of government agencies in or concerned with the Middle East and Table of Contents especially Oman. Part I Introduction to Part I 1. A Cosmopolitan Nation 2. A Culture of Diplomacy Part II Introduction to Part II 3. Muscat and Mysore: Between the Empire and the Republic 4. Diplomacy and ‘Piracy’: 1797–1819 5. An Englishman in Oman 6. Moving to Zanzibar 7. Zanzibar, Britain and the Slave Trade Part III Introduction to Part III 8. Dealing with Iran: A Delicate Balance Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies 9. Managing During the Cold War 10. Neighbours in Arabia 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF 11. The Key Strategic Ally: Oman and the United States tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 12. Working Towards Peace: Oman and the Middle East Process fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 13. Oman, Cosmopolitanism and ‘Globalisation’ [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Politics of Nostalgia in the Arabic Novel Nation-State, Modernity and Tradition Wen-chin Ouyang
January 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 5569 4 £70.00
256pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 5570 0 £70.00
Uncovers the politics of nostalgia and madness inherent in the Arabic novel
Description The Author The Arabic novel has taken shape in the intercultural networks of exchange between East and West, past and present. Wen-chin Ouyang shows how this has Wen-chin Ouyang is Reader in Arabic created a politics of nostalgia which can be traced to discourses on aesthetics, Literature at the School of Oriental ethics and politics relevant to cultural and literary transformations of the Arabic and African Studies, University of speaking world in the 19th and 20th centuries. London.
Key Features Readership • Explores the work of novelists including Naguib Mahfouz, 'Abd al-Khaliq al- Postgraduates and academics in Rikabi, Jamal al-Ghitani, Ben Salem Himmich, Ali Mubarak, Adonis, Mahmoud Islamic and Middle Eastern studies Darwish and Nizar Qabbani and literary studies. • Shows madness to be an expression of the anxiety surrounding the Arabic novel's search for form, and Arab intellectuals' disappointment in the nation- state and modernisation
Also Available by Wen-Chin Ouyang
Politics of Love in the Arabic Novel Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies Hardback • 304pp • June 2012 £70.00 • 978 0 7486 4273 1 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Risk Management for Islamic Banks Rania Abdelfatt ah Salem
February 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7008 6 £24.99
230pp 216x138mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 7007 9 £75.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7009 3 £75.00
Provides an integrated risk management framework for Islamic banks
Description The Author
This guide shows students and professionals how to identify, measure and Rania Abdelfattah Salem is Lecturer in mitigate risk in Shari'ah-compliant banks. Covering the key areas – credit or Finance at the German University in default risk, liquidity risk, market risk, operational risk, Shari’ah risk and displaced Cairo, Egypt commercial risk – it explains risk analysis and mitigation on both the contract and the overall bank level. Series Using fi nancial statements from a simulated Islamic bank, Salem demonstrates Edinburgh Guides to Islamic Finance how this integrated risk-management process would work in practice, and investigates how risk regulatory insights have implications for banking policy. Readership Key Features Senior undergraduates, MA, MSc and MBA students and lecturers in Islamic • Simulated fi nancial statements include the balance sheet, income statement and Middle Eastern Studies, and and profi t distribution model Finance and Banking students taking • Provides a risk coding system that facilitates risk management and reporting courses on Islamic Finance and Islamic systems Banking. Also a professional market. • Includes a glossary of key Arabic terms and abbreviations for students and professionals who are not familiar with Islamic fi nance
Selling Points • Part of the Edinburgh Guides to Islamic Finance series • Product Devolpmment in Islamic Banks, by Habib Ahmed, and Islamic Asset Management, by Natalie Schoon, have both sold over 300 paperbacks since publication in 2011
Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Risk Management for Islamic Banks Rania Abdelfatt ah Salem
Table of Contents 1. Introduction
2. Integrated risk management framework 2.1. Risk management framework 2.2. Risk management challenges in Islamic banks 2.3. Integrated risk management in Islamic banks
3. Risk Identifi cation 3.1. Overall bank risks 3.2. Specifi c risks to Islamic bank 3.3. Risks in Islamic fi nancial contracts
4. Risk assessment 4.1. Widely practised models 4.2. Current practices in Islamic banks 4.3. Developing risk assessment in Islamic banks
5. Risk mitigation 5.1. Mitigating overall risks 5.2. Mitigating risks in contracts 5.3. Other risk mitigation methods
6. An Application of risk management to Islamic banks 6.1. The Islamic bank model 6.2. Risk analysis 6.3. Scenario analysis 6.4. Risk mitigation
7. Prospects for risk regulation in Islamic banks 7.1. Risk management regulation 7.2. Risk management regulation status quo
8. Conclusion
Glossary of Arabic terms List of abbreviations
Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com The Arab Nahdah The Making of the Intellectual and Humanist Movement Abdulrazzak Patel
June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4069 0 £65.00
224pp 234x156mm
Explores the infl uences that triggered the Arabic awakening, the nahdah, from the 1800s onwards
Description The Author To understand today's Arab thinking, you need to go back to the beginnings of Abdulrazzak Patel is Mellon Career modernity: the nahdah or Arab renaissance of the 19th and early 20th centuries. Development Fellow in Modern Abdulrazzak Patel enhances our understanding of the nahdah and its intellectuals, Arabic at the Oriental Institute, taking into account important internal factors alongside external forces. University of Oxford.
Patel explores the key factors that contributed to the rise and development of Series the nahdah. He introduces the humanist movement of the period that was the driving force behind much of the linguistic, literary and educational activity. Edinburgh Studies in Modern Arabic Drawing on intellectual history, literary history and postcolonial studies, he argues Literature that the nahdah was the product of native development and foreign assistance and that nahdah reformist thought was hybrid in nature. Readership
Overall, this study highlights the complexity of the movement and off ers a more Upper level undergraduates, MA pluralist history of the period. students and academics in Islamic and Middle Eastern Studies.
Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com The Long 1890s in Egypt Colonial Quiescence, Subterranean Resistance Edited by Marilyn Booth and Anthony Gorman
June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 7012 3 £70.00
328pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7013 0 £70.00
Explores an understudied moment in Egypt’s modern history: the turn of the 19th century to the 20th
Description The Author The end of the 19th century: Egypt just before political eruption! Overt popular Marilyn Booth holds the Iraq Chair activism begins to stir in the hope of radical political redirection. Crisscrossing and in Arabic and Islamic Studies at the confl icting political currents run alongside fl uctuating economic, geopolitical, University of Edinburgh. social and demographic conditions and cultural processes. Anthony Gorman is Senior Lecturer in This wide-ranging volume is the fi rst study to address the dynamism of a period Modern Middle Eastern History at the that was crucial to the more visible and politically explosive events of the 19th University of Edinburgh. century and the formation of modern Egypt. Readership Key Features Graduate students and researchers • Revises the prevailing view that the 1890s in Egypt was a time of withdrawal in Islamic and Middle Eastern Studies and quiescence and History. • Engages with questions of political engagement, shifting gender roles, geographical ambiguities, the emergence of new media, community identity formation and changing artistic formations • Considers the parallels between that turn-of-the-century and the more recent one, with its equally ‘quiet’ ferment preceding the Egyptian popular uprising of 2011
Contributors & Affi liations
Alexander Kazamias, Coventry University Mario Ruiz, Hofstra University Shana Minkin-Reinhard, Swarthmore College Hilary Kalmbach, New College, University of Oxford Paul Starkey, Durham University Orit Bashkin, University of Chicago Matthew Ellis, independent Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies Aaron Jakes, New York University Vivian Ibrahim, University of Mississippi 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Hanan Hammad, Texas Christian University tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Hussein Omar, Merton College, University of Oxford fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Islamic Banking and Financial Crisis Reputation, Stability and Risks Edited by Habib Ahmed, Mehmet Asutay and Rodney Wilson
June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4761 3 £70.00
192pp 234x156mm
Examines the resilience of Islamic banking during the global fi nancial crisis and the subsequent recession
Description The Author Do Islamic fi nancial institutions perform better during periods of fi nancial stress? How Habib Ahmed is Sharjah Chair in do Islamic fi nancial institutions manage risk, given their unique characteristics and the Islamic Law and Finance at Durham need for Shari’ah compliance? University.
This volume looks at the challenges for Islamic fi nancial institutions in an international Mehmet Asutay is Senior Lecturer in post-Basel II system where banks are required to have more capital and liquidity. It also Political Economy at the University of examines the infl uence of governance on client and investor perceptions and their Durham. implications for institutional stability and sustainability. Rodney Wilson was founder of Key Features the Islamic Finance Programme at Durham University. He is now an • Assesses how Islamic banks weathered the fi nancial crisis and what lessons can Emeritus Professor in Durham and be learnt Visiting Professor at the Qatar Faculty • Focuses on liquidity risk and the use of forward contracts to mitigate currency of Islamic Studies. risk • Appraises the work of internal Shari’ah audit units and the use of Shari’ah Readership reports to reduce non-compliance risks • Case studies from the Gulf, Malaysia, the UK, Pakistan, Turkey and GCC countries MA students, academics and • Appraises the work of internal Shari’ah audit units and the use of Shari’ah researchers in Islamic and Middle reports to reduce non–compliance risks. Eastern studies, business, fi nance and economics. Practitioners working in Islamic fi nance. Selling Points
• This topic is especially relevant as recessions and low economic growth continue to bite in Europe and arguments rage about whether and how the banking industry should be regulated • Our Islamic fi nance books have a strong sales track record: • Islamic Finance in the Global Economy (May 2010) by Ibrahim Warde has sold nearly 800 copies Islamic & Middle Eastern Studies • Product Development in Islamic Banks (January 2011) by Habib Ahmed and Islamic Asset Management by Natalie Schoon have both sold over 300 copies 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
From Rome to Byzantium AD 363 to 565 The Transformation of Ancient Rome A. D. Lee
January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 2791 2 £29.99
320pp 234x156mm 40 B&w illustrations 10 Maps
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 2790 5 £95.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 3175 9 £95.00
The transformation of the Roman world under the combined impact of Christianity and barbarian incomers
Description The Author These centuries witnessed a number of momentous changes in the character of A. D. Lee is Associate Professor the Roman empire. Most obviously, control of the west was lost during the fi fth in Classical Studies, University of century, and although parts of the west were reconquered in the sixth century, Nottingham the empire's centre of gravity had shifted irrevocably to the east, with its focal point now the city of Constantinople. Equally important was the increasing Series dominance of Christianity not only in religious life, but also in politics, society and culture. Edinburgh History of Ancient Rome
A. D. Lee charts these and other signifi cant developments which marked the Readership transformation of Ancient Rome into medieval Byzantium. By no means only a story of decline and fall, it also explores the reasons for the resilience of the east, Undergraduates, postgraduates and as well as Rome's legacy to the emerging medieval world academics working on the history of Rome and late Antiquity. Key Features
• Provides a clear analytical narrative of pivotal political, military, and religious developments • Complements this with an examination of overarching trends in urban life and the economy • Gives particular attention to the dynamics of political and religious power and of Roman-barbarian relations during the fi fth century
Classics & Ancient History
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
From Rome to Byzantium AD 363 to 565 The Transformation of Ancient Rome A. D. Lee
Table of Contents
1. The Constantinian Inheritance
Part I: The Later Fourth Century 2. Emperors, Usurpers and Frontiers 3. Towards a Christian Empire 4. Old Rome, New Rome
Part II: The Long Fifth Century 5. Generalissimos and Imperial Courts 6. Barbarians and Romans 7. Church and State, Piety and Power 8. Anastasius and the Resurrection of Imperial Power 9. Rome’s Heirs in the West
Part III: Longer-Term Trends 10. Urban Continuity and Change 11. Economic Patterns
Part IV: The Age of Justinian 12. Justinian and the Roman Past 13. Justinian and the Christian Present 14. Justinian and the End of Antiquity
Chronology Lists of rulers List of bishops of Rome A guide to further reading Select bibliography of modern works
Classics & Ancient History
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
The End of the Roman Republic 146 to 44 BC Conquest and Crisis Catherine Steel March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 1945 0 £29.99
320pp 234x156mm 7 b&w illustrations, 2 maps
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 1944 3 £95.00 Eb 978 0 7486 2902 2 £95.00
A crucial and turbulent century for the Roman Republic
Description The Author By 146, Rome had established itself as the leading Mediterranean power. Over the Catherine Steel is Lecturer in Classics next century, it consolidated its power into an immense territorial empire. At the and Ancient History at the University same time, the internal balance of power shifted dramatically, as a narrow ruling of Glasgow. elite was challenged fi rst by the rest of Italy, and then by military commanders, a process which culminated in the civil war between Pompeii and Caesar and the Series re–establishment of monarchy. Catherine Steel tells the history of this crucial and turbulent century, focussing on the issues of freedom, honour, power, greed and The Edinburgh History of Ancient Rome ambition, and the cherished but abused institutions of the Republic which were central to events then and which have preoccupied historians ever since. Readership Undergraduates, postgraduates and Key Features academics working on the history of • Traces the processes of change which transformed Rome from a republic to a Rome and the Roman Republic. monarchy • Explores a period of political crisis in relation to its military and cultural dynamism • Analyses the political culture of the Roman Republic as a dynamic and evolving system which refl ected changes in citizenship and in the ruling elite
Selling Points
• We've sold around 150 copies of each of the fi rst 3 volumes in the series published in March of this year.
Classics & Ancient History
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
The End of the Roman Republic 146 to 44 bc Conquest and Crisis Catherine Steel
Table of Contents Section I:146-91 BC 1. The crises of the later second century BC 1.1 The Wars in Spain 1.2 The tribunate of Tiberius Gracchus 1.3 Rome and the Eastern Mediterranean, 146-122 1.4 The tribunates of Gaius Gracchus 1.5 Foreign and domestic politics at the end of the second century BC 1.6 The outbreak of the Social War 2. Domestic politics: violence and its accommodation 2.1 Elite competition 2.2 Issues and ideology 3. Imperial power: failure and control 3.1 The parameters of Roman foreign policy 3.2 War and imperial expansion 3.3 The administration of peace 3.4 Rome and the rest of Italy Section II: 91-70 BC 4. Social War, Civil War and the imposition of a new order 4.1 The Social War 4.2 Losing the peace: the transition to civil war 4.3 Domestic politics and foreign aff airs in the 80s BC 4.4 The Sullan res publica 4.5 The consulship of Pompeius and Crassus: a fresh start? 5. The limits of autocracy 5.1 Power and armed force 5.2 Experiments in autocracy 5.3 The Sullan res publica 5.4 Rome, Italy and the Mediterranean 5.5 Causes of change Section III: 70-44 BC 6. The end of the Republic, 70–44 BC 6.1 The continuing problem of Mithridates 6.2 Pompeius’ campaigns 67-62 BC 6.3 Italian crises 6.4 Factionalism, the people, and the collapse of order 6.5 Foreign Policy in the 50s 6.6 The last years of the Republic 6.7 The Civil War 7. Imperial expansion: novelty and success 7.1 Patterns of expansion 7.2 Structures and methods of imperial conquest and government 8. Elite competition, popular discontent and the failure of collective government 8.1 Political culture at the end of the Republic 8.2 The career of Pompeius Classics & Ancient History 8.3 Popular arbitration 8.4 The implications of Caesar’s dictatorship 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Early Rome to 290 BC The Beginnings of the City and the Rise of the Republic Guy Bradley
October 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 2110 1 £29.99
320 pp 234x156mm 70 B&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 2109 5 £95.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 2934 3 £95.00
The emergence of Rome as an imperial power
Description The Author In the fi rst few centuries of its existence, Rome developed from a minor Guy Bradley is Senior Lecturer in settlement on the Tiber into the most powerful city–state in Italy. This book Ancient History at Cardiff University. examines the reasons for Rome's emergence and success within a highly competitive Italian environment, and how much it owed to its neighbours. It Series explains how many of Rome's key characteristics, such as its powerful ruling elite, its stable political institutions, its openness to outsiders, and its intensely The Edinburgh History of Ancient Rome militaristic society, were shaped by their origins in the monarchy and early Republic Readership Students of the early history of Rome Key Features and the Roman Republic from fi rst • Covers the rise of Rome from small scale community to supremacy in central year upwards in UK & Europe; upper Italy division courses in USA; general • Uses the latest archaeological evidence to demonstrate the sophisticated and readers. cosmopolitan nature of early Rome • Analyses the origins of Rome's Republican form of government and its aggressive drive to conquer.
Classics & Ancient History
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook King and Court in Ancient Persia (559 to 331 BCE) Lloyd Llewellyn–Jones
January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4125 3 £24.99
224pp 234x156mm 23 B&w illustrations 1 B&w table
Alternative formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4126 0 £80.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7710 8 £80.00 Explores Achaemenid kingship and argues for the centrality of the royal court in elite Persian society
Description The Author The fi rst Persian Empire (559–331 BC) was the biggest land empire the world had Lloyd Llewellyn–Jones is Senior seen, and seated at the heart of its vast dominions, in the south of modern–day Lecturer in Ancient History at the Iran, was the person of the Great King. Hidden behind the walls of his vast palace, University of Edinburgh and surrounded by the complex rituals of court ceremonial, the Persian monarch was undisputed master of his realm, a god–like fi gure of awe, majesty, and Series mystery. Yet the court of the Great King was no simple platform for meaningless Debates and Documents in Ancient theatrical display; at court, presentation mattered: nobles vied for position and History prestige, and the royal family attempted to keep a tight grip on dynastic power – in spite of succession struggles, murders, and usurpations, for the court was also Readership the centre of political decision–making and the source of cultural expression. Undergraduate students and teachers This book explores the representation of Persian monarchy and the court of of Ancient Civilizations and Greek and the Achaemenid Great Kings from the point of view of the ancient Iranians Persian history more specifi cally. themselves (as well as other Near Eastern peoples) and through the sometimes distorted prism of Classical and Biblical sources.
Key Features
• Draws on rich Iranian and Classical sources • Examines key issues such as royal ideology, court structure, ceremony and ritual, royal migrations, gender, hierarchy, architecture and space and cultural achievements • Accesses the rarefi ed but dangerous world of Persian palace life • Includes guides to further reading and web resources to encourage research
Selling Points
• Sold nearly 400 copies of Roman Imperialism – also in the Debates and Documents series Classics & Ancient History
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
King and Court in Ancient Persia (559 to 331 BCE) Lloyd Llewellyn–Jones Table of Contents
A Note on Abbreviations List of Illustrations Map of the Persian Empire Map of Iran in the Achaemenid Period
Part I – DEBATES Introduction 1. The Great King and his Men 2. Pomp and Circumstance: Monarchy on Display 3. The Great King in his Empire: the Movable Court 4. Harem: Royal Women and the Court 5. The Pleasures and Perils of Court Life
Part II – DOCUMENTS;
Illustrations Time Line Further Reading Internet Resources textbook
New in Paperback The American South A Reader and Guide Edited by Daniel Letwin
October 2012 Pb 978 0 7486 1997 9 £29.99
416pp 244x172mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 1996 2 £90.00 (July 2011)
An essential resource for the study of the American South
Description The Editor This one–stop introduction to the American South brings together key readings Daniel Letwin is associate professor of in southern history, from the region's colonial beginnings to the present. history at Penn State University, where Drawing together essential works in the fi eld – selected and introduced by a he specializes in labor, race relations, range of cutting–edge scholars – The American South is the ideal textbook for and the American South. undergraduates and graduate students in American Studies and History. Includes original essays introducing the core aspects of the history of the Readership American South by John B. Boles, Lorri Glover, Adam Rothman, Stephanie J. Shaw, Primary readers will be students in Victoria Bynum, Frank Towers, Anne Sarah Rubin, Kate Masur, Alex Lichtenstein, undergraduate and graduate courses Stephen Tuck, Eric Arnesen, Paul Harvey, Kari Frederickson, Adam Fairclough and on American Southern History. The Clive Webb book will also be of interest to lay Explores key themes in southern history: readers with an interest in southern • the South from colonial beginnings through the American Revolution history. • the origins and evolving character of American slavery • life in the antebellum South o the roots, course and consequences of the American Civil War • emancipation, Reconstruction and the coming of the New South • the rise, nature and ultimate defeat of southern segregation • the inter–dynamics of race, class and gender in the cultural and material development of the region • current trends of the American South within a global context Key Features • A 'two-in-one' introduction to the American South, from its colonial beginnings to the present • 15 chapters organised chronologically allow readers to trace the history of the American South • Each chapter includes a substantial introductory essay surveying the central issues and developments, followed by 3 or 4 key readings off ering a mix of classic and recent contributions
Praise for the book American Studies 'Written by leading international university scholars, this reader off ers a fascinating look at the myths and realities surrounding the evolution of the South's culture and 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF people... Anyone with an interest in American or Southern history, African American tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 history, the history of the civil rights era, or contemporary history of the New South will fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 benefi t from this book.' [email protected] Library Journal www.euppublishing.com reference book
The American South A Reader and Guide Edited by Daniel Letwin
Table of Contents
1. Thinking about the South, John B. Boles (William P. Hobby Professor of History, Rice University) 2. Origins of the Old South: The Colonial Era, Lorri Glover (Associate Professor of History, University of Tennessee) 3. The South in the Ages of the Revolution and the New Republic, Adam Rothman (Associate Professor of History, Georgetown University) 4. Slavery in the Antebellum South, Stephanie J. Shaw (Associate Professor of History, Ohio State University) 5. Class and Culture in the White South, Victoria Bynum (Professor of History, Texas State University–San Marcos) 6. The Coming of Sectional Crisis, Frank Towers (Associate Professor of History, University of Calgary) 7. The Rise and Fall of the Confederacy, Anne Rubin (Associate Professor of History, University of Maryland–Baltimore County) 8. Emancipation, Reconstruction, Redemption, Kate Masur (Assistant Professor of History, Northwestern University) 9. Trials of the New South, Alex Lichtenstein (Associate Professor of History, Rice University) 10. Living Jim Crow, Stephen G. N. Tuck (University Lecturer in American History, Pembroke College, University of Oxford); 11. Worlds of Southern Labor, Eric Arnesen (Professor of History, University of Illinois–Chicago) 12. Minds of the South, Paul Harvey (Professor of History, University of Colorado–Colorado Springs) 13. The New South in Transition: New Deal, World War II, and Cold War, Kari Frederickson (Associate Professor of History, University of Alabama) 14. The Civil Rights Era, Adam Fairclough (Raymond and Beverly Sackler Chair of History and Culture of the United States, Leiden University) 15. The American South Today, Clive Webb (Reader in North American History, University of Sussex).
American Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 662 0053 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Far–Flung Families in Film The Diasporic Family in Contemporary European Cinema Daniela Berghahn
May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4290 8 £70.00
224pp 234x156mm
An in-depth thematic study in the fi eld of transnational fi lm studies
Description The Author In the age of globalisation, diasporic and other types of transnational family are Dr Daniela Berghahn is a Reader increasingly represented across the fi lm spectrum in works such as Bend It Like in Film Studies at Royal Holloway, Beckham, The Namesake, Boys 'n the Hood, Dilwale Dulhania Le Jayenge (The Brave University of London. Heart Will Take the Bride) and My Big Fat Greek Wedding. While there is a signifi cant body of scholarship on the representation of the family in Hollywood cinema, an Readership analysis of the depiction of the diasporic family in cinema from a comparative transnational angle has yet to be attempted. This book fi lls this gap and provides Academics and researchers in Film an excellent resource for academics and researchers with an interest in cinematic and Media Studies, as well as Cultural representations of the family and transnational cinema. History and Sociology.
The work will answer the following key questions: 1. Why is diasporic cinema characterised by a preponderance of family narratives? 2. How does the diasporic family as constructed in cinema relate to or diff er from models of family life in dominant social groups? 3. What role does authorship play in the depiction of the diasporic family? 4. How does diasporic cinema negotiate the aesthetic and generic conventions of fi lm genres commonly associated with the representation of the family?
Key Features
• Takes a theme-centred approach, examining journeys of migration, family memories, gender identities, romance and weddings • Includes fi fteen detailed case studies of diasporic family fi lms • All of the fi lms discussed in the book are commercially available on DVD • Interactive companion website www.farfl ungfamilies.net provides additional resources
Film, Media & Cultural Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback Italian Neorealist Cinema Torunn Haaland
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 3612 9 £19.99
224pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 3611 2 £65.00 (2012) Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 3613 6 £65.00
Charts the birth and development of Italian neorealism
Description The Author Surveying the major creative contributions to and critical receptions of this trend Torunn Haaland is a Lecturer in Italian in Italian postwar cinema, the book begins by tracing the roots of neorealist at The Pennsylvania State University. fi lm and drawing parallels to neorealist fi ction. It then explores the ways in which neorealist cinema positioned itself in relation to the processes of postwar Series reconstruction, and what relations it may be said to have established with non– cinematic practices in the redefi nition of national identity. Traditions in World Cinema Key Features Readership
• Discusses the impact neorealism has had on 1960s avant–garde cinema and on Undergraduates and postgraduates contemporary directors in Film Studies, Media and Cultural • Re-considers critical discourses that have emerged over the past few decades Studies, and Italian Studies. Secondary • Accounts for the revolutionary nature of neorealist fi lm as its key practitioners market of specialists and general fi lm conceived it scholars.
Table of Contents 1. Beginnings 2. Neorealism and Realism: Bazin and Zavattini 3. Neorealism in Literature: Parallels to the Cinema 4. Roberto Rossellini: Rebuilding the City 5. Vittorio De Sica: Walking the Postwar City 6. 'Minor' Neorealist Directors 7. The Road Beyond and Outside of Italian Neorealism Filmography Bibliography
Film, Media & Cultural Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Korean Horror Cinema Edited by Alison Peirse and Daniel Martin
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4309 7 £19.99
256pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4310 3 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7765 8 £70.00
Defi nes the genre from gothic horror to the monster movie
Description The Author The fi rst detailed English-language book on Korean horror introduces the cultural Dr Peirse is a Lecturer in Film Studies specifi city of the genre to an international audience, from the iconic monsters at the University of Northumbria. of gothic horror, to the avenging killers of Oldboy and Death Bell. Beginning in the 1960s, it traces a path through the history of Korean horror, off ering new Dr Martin is a Lecturer in Film Studies interpretations of classic fi lms, demarcating the shifting patterns of production at Queen's University Belfast. and consumption across the decades, and acquainting readers with fi lms rarely seen and discussed outside of Korea. It explores the importance of folklore Readership and myth on horror fi lm narratives, the impact of political and social change upon the genre, and accounts for the transnational triumph of some of Korea’s Film Studies academics and students, contemporary horror fi lms. specifi cally those interested in Asian cinema or the horror genre. The book While covering some of the most successful recent fi lms such asThirst , A Tale of would also be relevant to academics Two Sisters, and Phone, the collection also explores the obscure, the arcane and in East Asian Studies. the little-known outside Korea, including detailed analyses of The Devil’s Stairway, Woman’s Wail and The Fox With Nine Tails. Its exploration and defi nition of the canon makes it an engaging and essential read for students and scholars in horror fi lm studies and Korean Studies alike.
Key Features
• Covers fi lms from 1960 to present day, fromThe Housemaid to Thirst • Case studies cover both popular and lesser known fi lms, fromOldboy to The Fox with Nine Tails • Discusses icons of the genre such as the wonhon (vengeful female ghost) and the gumiho (shapeshifting fox) • Explores and delves the canon of Korean horror Selling Points Film, Media & Cultural Studies • Excellent list fi t with existing and forthcoming titles • Horror is a popular genre among fi lm students 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF • International contributors include 2 scholars based in South Korea and 1 Korean tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 working in the US fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Korean Horror Cinema Edited by Alison Peirse and Daniel Martin
Table of Contents
Acknowledgements Foreword, Julian Stringer Contributors Introduction, Alison Peirse and Daniel Martin
Part I: Classic Korean Horror 1.Family, Death and the Wonhon in Three Films of the 1960s, Hyangjin Lee 2. Creepy Liver-Eating Fox Ladies: The Thousand Year Old Fox and Korea’s Gumiho, Alison Peirse and James Byrne 3. War Horror and Anti-Communism: From Piagol to Rainy Days, Mark Morris 4. Mother’s Grudge and Woman’s Wail: The Monster-Mother and Korean Horror Film, Eunha Oh
Part II: Contemporary ‘Domestic’ Horror 5. Heritage of Horrors: Reclaiming the Female Ghost in Shadows in the Palace, Yun Mi Hwang 6. From Acacia to Uninvited: Adoption Anxiety in Korean Horror Cinema, Hye Seung Chung 7. Apartment Horror: Sorum and Possessed, Nikki J. Y. Lee 8. The Face(s) of Korean Horror Film: Toward a Cinematic Physiognomy of Aff ective Extremes, David Scott Diff rient 9. Death Bell and High School Horror, Chi-Yun Shin
Part III: Contemporary ‘International’ Horror 10. Between the Local and the Global: ‘Asian Horror’ in Ahn Byung-ki’s Phone and Bunshinsaba, Daniel Martin 11. Diary of a Lost Girl: Victoriana, Intertextuality and A Tale of Two Sisters, Robert L. Cagle 12. From A Tale of Two Sisters to The Uninvited: A Tale of Two Texts, Leung Wing-Fai 13. Oldboy goes to Bollywood: Zinda and the Transnational Appropriation of South Korean ‘Extreme’ Cinema, Iain Robert Smith 14. Park Chan-wook’s Thirst: Passion, Guilt and Exsanguination, Kyu Hyun Kim
Film, Media & Cultural Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback American Smart Cinema Claire Perkins
January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7908 9 £19.99
192pp 234x156mm 16 b&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4074 4 £65.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4654 8 £65.00
Describes a new critical tradition in American fi lmmaking
Description The Author American Smart Cinema examines a contemporary type of US fi lmmaking that Claire Perkins is Assistant Lecturer exists at the intersection of mainstream, art and independent cinema and often in Film and Television Studies in the gives rise to absurd, darkly comic and nihilistic eff ects.Connecting the 'smart' School of English, Communication sensibility to issues of expressive irony, generational divide and therapeutic and Performance Studies at Monash culture, this bold new book describes a recent critical tradition in commercial- University, Australia. independent American fi lmmaking by exploring the unstable tone and dysfunctional themes of such fi lms as The Royal Tenenbaums, Adaptation, The Series Squid and the Whale, Palindromes, The Last Days of Disco, Flirt, Ghost World, Your Friends and Neighbors, Donnie Darko and The Savages. Traditions in World Cinema
Acknowledging the loaded forms of expression employed by these fi lms, Readership American Smart Cinema provides new directions for their study by discussing the self-conscious approach taken to fi lm historical discourses of authorship, narrative Academics, postgraduates, upper level and genre. Examining the smart fi lm's taste for 'blank' style and issues of middle- undergraduates in Film Studies as well class identity, the book provides a comprehensive account of smart cinema as an as educated fi lm goers. aesthetic category while also considering the cultural and political factors that have guaranteed it critical and popular success.
Selling Points
• HB print run sold out in nine months • Potential for adoption on fi lm studies courses • Series has a well-established reputation
Film, Media & Cultural Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback British Film Culture in the 1970s The Boundaries of Pleasure Sue Harper and Justin Smith
February 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 8169 3 £24.99
336pp 234x156mm 20 b&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4078 2 £65.00 (2011) Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 5426 0 £65.00
An authoritative history of 1970s British Cinema
Description The Author This volume draws a map of British fi lm culture in the 1970s and provides a Sue Harper is Emeritus Professor wide-ranging history of the period. It examines the cross-cultural relationship of Film History at the University of between British cinema and other media, including popular music and television. Portsmouth. The analysis covers mainstream and experimental fi lm cultures, identifying their production contexts and the economic, legislative and censorship constraints Justin Smith is a Principal Lecturer on British cinema throughout the decade.The essays in Part I contextualise the in Film Studies at the University of study and illustrate the diversity of 1970s moving image culture. In Part II, Sue Portsmouth. Harper and Justin Smith examine how gender relations and social space were addressed in fi lm. They show how a shared visual manner and performance style Readership characterises this fragmented cinema, and how irony and anxiety suff use the whole fi lm culture. This volume charts the shifting boundaries of permission in Academics and students of British 1970s fi lm culture and changes in audience taste.This book is the culmination of cinema history. an AHRC-funded project at the University of Portsmouth. Praise for the hardback edition 'An invigorating read, bold in its scope and imaginative in its organisation and methodology...This is a study of great richness and depth, intellectually risk-taking and provocative' Journal of British Cinema and Television Table of Contents 1. Film Policy 2. Censorship 3. Artists' fi lm and video and avant-garde practice 4. Art Direction in British Cinema 5. Film in Education 6. Black Britain in fi lm and TV 7. Television 8. Popular music fi lm and youth culture 9. Key players Film, Media & Cultural Studies 10. Boundaries and taboos 11. Technical Innovation and visual style 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF 12. Audiences and reception tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 13. Social Space fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 14. Media crossovers [email protected] Conclusion: innovation, fi lm culture and cultural memory www.euppublishing.com Comedy and Cultural Critique in American Film Ryan Bishop
April 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4307 3 £60.00
192pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7780 1 £60.00
Analyses the growth of American comedy fi lm in relation to world events and cultural trends
Description The Author This book uses large scale social and cultural trends and major world events Ryan Bishop is Professor of Global to analyse the American comedy fi lm. This is a historical and conceptual study Arts and Politics at Winchester discussing the comedy narrative, comic traditions, and role of visual culture. The School of Art, and co-director of the important innovators of American fi lm comedy and the role of visual technology Winchester Centre for Global Futures within cultural politic are discussed, as well as theorists such as Freud, Baudrillard, in Art and Design Media, University of and Derrida. Southampton.
Key Features Readership • Close analysis of two fi lms to illustrate key points in each chapter Film studies academics, specifi cally • Relevant both to fi lm and cultural studies those interested in the comedy genre • Chronological treatment of the subject in the US. The book is also relevant to • Films discussed include Zelig, Duck Soup, Team America and Wag the Dog academics in using cultural analysis in • Covers the work of Buser Keaton, Charlie Chaplin and Michael Moore relation to fi lm.
Table of Contents
1 American Film Comedy and Cultural Critique 2 The Feeding Machine and Feeding the Machine: Silence, Sound and the Technologies of Cinema 3 The Constitution of the Real: Documentary, Mockumentary, and the Status of the Image 4 Parody: Targeting Cinema’s Narrative Technics 5 The Unspeakable and Political Satire: Performance, Perception, and Technology 6 Conclusion: Between the Machine and the Event: Film Comedy
Film, Media & Cultural Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Contemporary Latin American Cinema New Transnationalisms Dolores Tierney
June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4573 2 £65.00
24pp 234x156mm 24 B&w illustrations
Traces the emergence of a transnational fi lm tradition
Description The Author Several Latin American fi lms enjoyed an unprecedented level of critical and Dolores Tierney is a lecturer in Film commercial success in the world fi lm market. These fi lms were considered Studies at Sussex University. transnational as they benefi ted from substantial external capital or creative input. Followed in the 2000s by a series of equally critical and/or commercially Series successful 'deterritorialised' fi lms by some of the same directors, the incipient transnationalism of the fi rst fi lms and the directors' position in international Traditions in World Cinema cinema was confi rmed. Readership This book incorporates the Latin America/Hollywood and Indiewood vector of fi lmmaking into its study of the region's transnationalised fi lmmaking. It argues Film studies academics, specifi cally that although undoubtedly 'commercial,' fi lms produced either within, or under those interested in Contemporary the structures of Hollywood are not necessarily apolitical nor totally divorced from World Cinema. Also relevant to key notions of national or continental identity. academics in Hispanic/Spanish Studies departments interested in Tierney shows that it is the auteurist nature of many of these deterritorialised cinema. transnational fi lms which plays a key role in their ability to engage with issues of national and continental identity and to forge a transnational tradition beyond the geospatial limits of the region. To support its arguments about the transnational trend, the book uses textual analysis and industrial case studies looking both at the directors who have infl uenced the trend.
Key Features
• Discusses fi lms such as Amores Perros, Y tu Mamá También, Cidade de Deus, Central do Brasil, Nueve Reinas and El Hijo de la Novia • Studies the careers of directors including Alejandro González Iñárritu, Alfonso Cuarón, Guillermo del Toro, Fernando Meirelles, Walter Salles
Film, Media & Cultural Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Digital Imaging in Popular Cinema Lisa Purse
January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4689 0 £19.99
208pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4690 6 £65.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4691 3 £65.00
Provides a blue print for approaching digital imaging in contemporary fi lm
Description The Author Digital images are now ubiquitous elements within the cinematic frame but, as Lisa Purse is Lecturer in Film, we analyse fi lms or fi lm moments, it can often be diffi cult to be sure how – and Department of Film, Theatre & how much – to talk about digital elements. This accessible book demystifi es the Television, University of Reading relationship of digital imaging to processes of watching and reading fi lms, and gives scholars and students the tools to engage with digital imaging in cinema Readership with ease. Undergraduate and postgraduate A wide-ranging series of case studies demonstrates how digital elements can be students of Film and Media Studies; discussed and analysed in diff erent scenarios, and a language is developed to researchers and academics in Film and describe digital elements accurately. Not just for digital eff ects enthusiasts, this Media Studies. book is essential for anyone interested in how to approach fi lm critically: it is a toolbox for contemporary fi lm analysis. Key Features • The fi rst book exploring how the presence of digital imaging in fi lm ectsaff the production of meaning • Locates contemporary digital eff ects practice in relation to historical traditions offi lmmaking and special eff ects practice • Proposes a fresh, fl exible approach to the close textual analysis of fi lm that can take account of the digital • Uses case studies from the Lord of the Rings trilogy and Avatar to Alice in Wonderland and King Kong to demonstrate this approach in action Table of Contents Illustrations Acknowledgements Introduction 1 Interpretation and the Digital 2 Digital Imaging as Metaphor 3 Digital Imaging and the Body 4 Historicising the Digital Film, Media & Cultural Studies 5 Representation and the Digital 6 The Digital in Three Dimensions 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Conclusion tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Bibliography fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 Filmography [email protected] Index www.euppublishing.com textbook
Film and Urban Space Critical Possibilities Geraldine Pratt and Rose Marie San Juan
July 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 2383 9 £65.00 192pp 234x156mm 30 B&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 3020 2 £65.00
Traces the dynamic relationship between fi lm and the city
Description The Author
How do fi lm and urban space work together to challenge and forge our changing Geraldine Pratt is Professor of ideas of modern urban life? How does fi lm intervene with what is erased or Geography at the University of British retained from the existing urban fabric? What are the possibilities and limits of Columbia. contemporary utopic visions built into urban form? How does fi lm itself work as a utopic space? How has the space of the cinema created a vibrant public space Rose Marie San Juan is Reader in the over the course of last century, and what is its future? These are some of the History of Art Department, University questions tackled in this book. Drawing on fi lms as diverse as Man with a Movie College London Camera, Bicycle Thieves, Dogville, Safe, Los Angeles Plays Itself, Chungking Express and The Circle, the book identifi es and analyses the major debates about the crucial historical relationship between fi lm and the city to consider existing and future Readership possibilities. Undergraduates, postgraduates and academics in a wide range of fi elds, including fi lm and media studies, cultural studies, urban and cultural geography, women's studies and modernity..
Film, Media & Cultural Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Men's Cinema Masculinity and Mise-en-Scene in Hollywood Stella Bruzzi
July 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7616 3 £19.99
160pp 234x156mm 20 B&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 7615 6 £65.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7617 0 £65.00
The fi rst full-length study of masculinity and fi lm style
Description The Author Cinema is not just an intellectual or cerebral experience. They also make us Stella Bruzzi is Professor of Film and feel: especially popular movies. This is a book about one aspect of how cinema Television Studies at the University of makes us feel as well as think. Although all these aspects are intertwined, Men's Warwick. Cinema is about identifi cation as well as analysis, about mise-en-scene alongside representation and narrative. Men's Cinema refl ects on how we as spectators Readership are invited to understand, desire or identify with Hollywood's vision of men and masculinity via mise-en-scene, from the classical era to the present day, and Upper undergraduates, postgraduates, how more recently Hollywood has built up and refi ned the 'language' of 'men's lecturers and researchers. cinema' via a series of recurrent, refi ned tropes that evoke masculinity, from a posse of men walking – often in slow motion – towards the camera to the ecstatically fast editing of the classic action sequence
Key Features • Off ers a new theorisation of men in Hollywood cinema via close textual analysis • Structured around case studies which exemplify and illustrate the distinctive aspects and tropes of men’s cinema • Written in an accessible style
Film, Media & Cultural Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Post-beur Cinema Maghrebi-French and North African Émigré Filmmaking in France since 2000 Will Higbee
July 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4004 1 £65.00
288pp 234x156mm 10 B&w illustrations
A comparative analysis of Maghrebi-French and North African émigré cinema in France
Description The Author From militant cinema in the 1970s, through beur and banlieue cinema of the Will Higbee is a Senior Lecturer in Film 1980s and 1990s, to the popular box-offi ce successes of the 2000s, Maghrebi- Studies at the University of Exeter (UK). French and North African émigré fi lmmakers have played a crucial role in representing post-colonial French society from the perspective of France's most Series visible ethnic minority group. This book explores the work of these fi lmmakers on both sides of the camera since the 1970s, off ering original perspectives and Traditions in World Cinema fresh interpretations of key fi lms, both mainstream and independent. The book provides new scholarship on recently released fi lms that continue to re-defi ne the Readership relationship of Maghrebi-French and North African émigré fi lmmakers to French national cinema: La Graine et le mulet (Kechiche, 2007), Indigènes (Bouchareb, Academics, postgraduates and upper 2006), Cartouches gauloises (Charef, 2007), Le Grand voyage (Ferroukhi, 2004) and level undergraduates of Film Studies, Dernier Maquis (Ameur-Zaïmèche, 2008). French Cultural Studies, Diaspora and Postcolonial Studies. It takes an innovative approach on two fronts. Firstly through its investigation of the recent 'mainstreaming' of Maghrebi-French and North African émigré cinema. With the crossover success of directors such as Allouache, Bouchareb and Kechiche and popularity of stars such as Roschdy Zem and Djamel Debbouze, these fi lms and fi lmmakers are no longer confi ned exclusively to the margins (economic, political or artistic) of the French fi lm industry. Secondly, the book engages with broader debates surrounding diasporic, post-colonial and exilic fi lmmaking, by examining the 'place' of these fi lmmakers in the local, national and global context(s) of their fi lms. Using the concept of a 'cinema of transvergence', the book analyses the complex and shifting negotiations taking place within these fi lms between the global/local, colonial/post-colonial, national/ transnational as well as margin/centre.
Key Features • The fi rst study to bring together a comprehensive comparative analysis of both Film, Media & Cultural Studies Maghrebi-French and North African émigré cinema in France • Includes original analysis of fi lms such asIndigénes , Cartouches Gauloises and 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Dernes Maquis tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 • Discusses directors such as Allouache, Bouchareb and Kechiche fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Shane Meadows Critical Essays Edited by Martin Fradley, Sarah Godfrey and Melanie Williams
May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 7639 2 £65.00
224pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7640 8 £65.00
The fi rst book on a key contemporary British fi lm director, Shane Meadows
Description The Editors From his breakthrough short fi lms in the early 1990s and feature debut Martin Fradley is Visiting Lecturer in TwentyFourSeven (1997) through to the BAFTA-winning This Is England (2007) Film Studies at Edge Hill University. and hit television spin-off , director Shane Meadows has emerged as one of the most distinctive and infl uential voices in contemporary British cinema. Danny Sarah Godfrey is Lecturer in Film and Perkins, CEO of StudioCanal UK, credits Meadows as the key fi gure in British fi lm’s Television Studies at the University of contemporary renaissance, with This Is England doing more than any other fi lm to East Anglia. change British audiences' attitudes' to home-grown cinema. Melanie Williams is Lecturer in Film This book will explore the full range of Meadows’ work, from its origins in local and Television Studies and Director D.I.Y. media through to international festival acclaim. Over the course of its 15 of Postgraduate Research at the chapters, it will present a comprehensive analysis of Meadows’ oeuvre to date, University of East Anglia. situating it in the context of British cinema history as well as wider cultural changes from the nineties to now. Readership Key Features Undergraduate and postgraduate students. • Covers the full range of his work from its origins in the 1990s to its latest developments • The substantial provides an overview of Meadows and his place within British cinema culture • Equal attention paid to the formal qualities and themes of Meadows’ individual fi lms and the social/historical context of his fi lms
Selling Points
• Shane Meadows has a devoted and passionate fan base and attracts scholarly interest • The edited collectionformat enables the book to contain a variety of perspectives and approaches to the fi lm-maker’s work Film, Media & Cultural Studies 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Spanish Queer Cinema Chris Perriam
January 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 6586 0 £65.00
192pp 234x156mm 10 B&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6587 7 £65.00
Examines fi lmmaking, festivals, queer lives and cultures in Spain since 1998
Description The Author Since the Catalan government passed the fi rst of Spain’s regional governmental Chris Perriam is Professor of laws on same-sex partnership in 1998, lesbian, gay, bisexual, transsexual and Hispanic Studies at the University of queer culture in Spain has thrived. Spanish Queer Cinema assesses the impact Manchester. of this signifi cant cultural expression on Spanish Cinema and evaluates the role LGBTQ fi lm has had in creating and shaping identity and experience. Readership Focusing on fi lms from 1998 to the present day, Chris Perriam skilfully analyses Film studies academics, the development of LGBTQ fi lmmaking and fi lmwatching in Spain and places undergraduates, upper undergraduate this within the wider cultural context. Covering lesbian cinema, gay and queer and post graduate students in Film documentaries and short fi lms, as well as mainstream features, the book and Spanish Studies, as well as investigates how these fi lms are distributed and how audiences react to them. An masters and doctoral students in informative and thought-provoking book, Spanish Queer Cinema is an essential Queer Studies. read for students and scholars working in the fi elds of Film Studies, Spanish Studies and Cultural Studies.
Key Features • Clarifi es the issue of what ‘queer’ can signify in Spanish contexts and privileges non-‘gay’ cultural production • Takes full account of lesbian fi lm culture in Spain • Covers short and documentary fi lm production as well as commercially-pitched feature fi lms • Makes extensive use of social networking sites and the popular LGBT press to gauge response • Devotes space to the closely related cultural industries of popular fi ction and its sales and distribution, and to the relations of script to screen
Film, Media & Cultural Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
The Crime Drama Sue Turnbull
July 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4087 4 £16.99
192pp 216 x 138mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4088 1 £55.00
Maps the development of the crime drama on international television
Description The Author The television crime drama has been a constant of the television landscape since Sue Turnbull is Associate Professor of it fi rst migrated from fi lm and radio onto the small screen in the 1950s. Since Media Studies at La Trobe University, then, from Dixon of Dock Green to The Wire, from Minder to The Sopranos or Cracker Australia. to Dexter, the crime drama has continued to attract large audiences even as the depiction of the crime, the perpetrators and the investigators has changed. This Series book provides an historical analysis of the TV crime series as a genre by paying close attention not only to the nature of TV dramas themselves, but also to the TV Genres context of production and reception. Rather than simply providing an overview, this book off ers a series of case studies to illuminate key issues in the trajectory of Readership the genre. Undergraduate students in the UK and Particular attention will be paid to the transnational career of the television crime US. drama, including the British and American product, as well as attention to crime drama series produced in other national contexts such as Europe and Australia. In terms of reception, this book includes original research on how the TV crime drama is perceived by audiences within the particular national context of Australia where American, British and European crime dramas vie for attention in the TV schedule alongside the local product. Finally, the future of the TV crime series is canvassed in a discussion of the changing television landscape and the shift to other forms of TV consumption enabled by new digital technologies. Key Features • Includes case studies on The Wire, Minder and The Killing • Discusses drama from Australia, the US, Britain and Europe Selling Points
• Reality TV, published February 2012, has sold 405 paperback copies Film, Media & Cultural Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback The International Film Musical Edited by Corey K. Creekmur and Linda Y. Mokdad
January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 3477 4 £19.99
288pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 3476 7 £65.00 (2012) Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 3478 1 £65.00
A unique study of the fi lm musical, a global cinema tradition
Description The Editors The musical is one of cinema's few genuinely international genres but it has never Corey K. Creekmur is Associate been studied as a global sensation. This book fi lls this critical gap in fi lm studies as Professor in the Departments of it brings together musicals from 15 nations in order to highlight running themes. English and Cinema & Comparative Literature at the University of Iowa. Musicals are often studied as part of distinct national traditions that are interpreted as native. However this anthology will dispute previous approaches to Linda Y. Mokdad is Visiting Assistant reveal the infl uence of the Hollywood model in musicals from around the world. Professor at Michigan State University.
Key Features Series Traditions in World Cinema • Lists of key resources for additional information • Ends with a coda by Rick Altman, one of the genre's most prominent scholars • Case Studies include Great Britain, France, Germany, Portugal, Greece, Russia, Readership Spain, Italy, Argentina, Mexico, Brazil, Japan, China, India, Egypt, Turkey Undergraduates and postgraduates • Coverage includes Mambo Girl (1957), Sing As We Go (1934), It's the End of the in Film Studies, and Media and Song (1930), Downward Slope (1934), The Broadway Melody (1929), The Hole Cultural Studies. Secondary market of (1997), Joyful Beginning (1955), The Heart is Crazy (1997). specialists and general fi lm scholars. Selling Points
• HB has sold 295 copies in 10 months • Series has a well-established reputation • Editors and contributors are well networked
Film, Media & Cultural Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback The International Film Musical Edited by Corey K. Creekmur and Linda Y. Mokdad
Table of Contents
Introduction: Corey K. Creekmur and Linda Y. Mokdad
PART I: EUROPE 1. Great Britain: John Mundy 2. France: Kelley Conway 3. Germany: Antje Ascheid 4. Portugal: Lisa Shaw 5. Spain: Inmaculada Sánchez Alarcón 6. Italy: Alex Marlow-Mann 7. Greece: Lydia Papadimitriou 8. Russia: Richard Taylor
PART II: LATIN AMERICA 9. Mexico: Ana M. López 10. Brazil: João Luis Viera
PART III: ASIA 11. Japan: Aaron Gerow 12. China: Emilie Yueh-yu Yeh 13. India: Michael Lawrence
PART IV: THE MIDDLE EAST 14. Egypt: Linda Y. Mokdad 15. Turkey: Nezih Erdo?an
PART V: HOLLYWOOD AND THE WORLD 16. The Postmodern Transnational Film Musical: Björn Norðfj örð Coda: Rick Altman
Film, Media & Cultural Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback The New Extremism in Cinema From France to Europe Edited by Tanya C. Horeck and Tina Kendall
January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7910 2 £22.99
248pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4160 4 £70.00 (2011) Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4709 5 £70.00
An exploration into the darkest side of cinema
Description The Editor Explosive images of sex and violence in fi lms by directors such as Catherine Tanya Horeck is Senior Lecturer in Film Breillat, Gaspar Noé, Michael Haneke and Lars von Trier have attracted media Studies at Anglia Ruskin University. attention for the ways in which they seek to shock and provoke the spectator into powerful aff ective and visceral responses.This fi rst collection of essays devoted Tina Kendall is Senior Lecturer in Film to the new extremism in contemporary European cinema critically interrogates Studies at Anglia Ruskin University, this highly contentious body of work and demonstrates that these fi lms and the where she is also Pathway Leader controversies they engender are indispensable to the critical task of rethinking the for the undergraduate Film Studies terms of spectatorship. degree.
Through critical discussions of key fi lms and directors, this book sheds new Readership light on cutting-edge debates in Film Studies regarding sexuality, violence and spectatorship, aff ect and ethics, and the political dimensions of extreme cinema. Academics and postgraduate students Including important new work from internationally renowned scholars Martin of European cinema, academic Barker and Martine Beugnet, as well as combining a range of approaches to libraries. extreme cinema across audience research and theories of spectatorship, this exploration of the darkest side of cinema is an invaluable resource for fi lm scholars and students.
Selling Points
• Discusses directors such as Catherine Breillat, Gaspar Noé, Michael Haneke and Lars von Trier • Covers fi lms such asBaise-moi , Dogville and Twentynine Palms
Praise for the book
'An excellent source for students of fi lm violence. Highly recommended' Choice Film, Media & Cultural Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback The New Extremism in Cinema From France to Europe Edited by Tanya C. Horeck and Tina Kendall
Table of Contents
1. Introduction, Tanya Horeck and Tina Kendall 2. Flesh and Blood: Sex and Violence in Recent French Cinema, James Quandt
Part I French Cinema and the New Extremism 3. The Wounded Screen, Martine Beugnet 4. Reframing Bataille: On Tacky Spectatorship in the New European Extremism, Tina Kendall 5. Beyond Anti-Americanism, Beyond Euro-Centrism: Locating Bruno Dumont's Twentynine Palms in the Context of European Cinematic Extremism, Neil Archer
Part II Becoming Animal: Posthumanism and the New Extremism 6. Shadows of Being in Sombre: Archetypes, Wolf-Men and Bare Life, Jenny Chamarette 7. Eastern Extreme: The Presentation of Eastern Europe as a Site of Monstrosity in La Vie nouvelle and Import/Export, Michael Goddard 8. Naked Women, Slaughtered Animals: Ulrich Seidl and the Limits of the Real, Catherine Wheatley
Part III Watching the Extreme: Cultural Reception 9. Watching Rape, Enjoying Watching Rape…: How does a Study of Audience Cha(lle)nge Film Studies Approaches?', Martin Barker 10. Censorship, Reception and the Films of Gaspar Noé: The Emergence of the New Extremism in Britain, Daniel Hickin 11. 'Sex and Violence from a Pair of Furies': The Scandal of Baise-moi, Leila Wimmer 12. 'Close Your Eyes and Tell Me What You See': Sex and Politics in Lukas Moodysson's Films, Mariah Larsson
Part IV Ethics and Spectatorship in the New Extremism 13. Lars von Trier's Dogville: A Feel-Bad Film, Nikolaj Lübecker 14. A 'Passion for the Real': Sex, Aff ect and Performance in the Films of Andrea Arnold, Tanya Horeck 15. Interrogating the Obscene: Extremism and Michael Haneke, Lisa Coulthard 16. On the Unwatchable, Asbjørn Grønstad
Afterword 17. More Moralism from that 'Wordy Fuck', James Quandt
Film, Media & Cultural Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com The Operatic and the Everyday in Postwar Italian Film Melodrama Louis Bayman July 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 5642 4 £65.00
240pp 234x156mm 25 B&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 5643 1 £65.00
Melodrama – the key cinematic form of post-war Italy
Description The Author The commercial success and formal perfection of melodrama is central to the Louis Bayman lectures in Film Studies re-establishment of the post-war Italian fi lm industry, ensuring cinema's position at King's College, London. at the forefront of 20th century mass culture. Melodrama interacts with the well- documented genres of neorealist and art cinema are well documented but it is Readership through melodrama that one can discover most about national culture in Italy at this time, understand fi lm's relationship to popular habits and ideas, and draw the Scholars in fi lm and media studies, true history of cinema. cultural studies and Italian studies.
Key Features • Connects less established areas of research such as popular neorealism to more well-known subjects such as domestic melodrama • Provides an analysis of cineopera or opera fi lm • Helps to pioneer the area of popular Italian cinema • Contributes to both Italian Studies and Film
Film, Media & Cultural Studies
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
A Historical Phonology of English Donka Minkova
May 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 3468 2 £19.99
336pp 216x138mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 3467 5 £60.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 3469 9 £60.00
Charts the historical development of the English phonological system
Description The Author Phonological evolution is a major component of the overall history of the Donka Minkova is Professor of English, language; the subject matter is both signifi cant on its own terms and relevant University of California, Los Angeles. in curricular terms. This book describes the segmental and prosodic changes in the history of English, provides analyses of these changes both as phonological Series events and in relation to the evolution of interlocking aspects of earlier English and highlights the relevance of the topics and possibly generate further interest Edinburgh Textbooks on the English by projecting historical phonological change onto Present-Day English and its Language – Advanced varieties. The development of the English sound system is probably the best studied part of the history of the language, however no up-to-date, student- Readership friendly survey exists: this book fi lls the gap. Intermediate/advanced undergraduate and postgraduate Key Features students of English Language. • Donka Minkova is a world renowned expert • This is longer and more in depth than some ETOTEL Advanced volumes • Includes exercises and suggestions for further reading
Table of Contents
1. Periods in the History of English 2. The Phonetic and Phonological Foundations of Sound Change 3. Some Pre-Old English Changes 4. Consonants: the OE system 5. Consonants: from OE to PDE 6. The Vowels of OE 7. Transition 8. Vowel Quality and Quantity in EModE and Later 9. Focus on Prosody: the Evolution of the English Stress System 10. The Linguistic History of English Verse Forms Language & Linguistics 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Changing Methodologies in TESOL Jane Spiro
May 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4619 7 £18.99
224pp 216x138mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4620 3 £65.00
Introduces core concepts in teaching methods and approaches
Description The Author This textbook shows you how to link research to practice in TESOL methodology. Jane Spiro is Learning and Teaching Covering core topics from vocabulary and grammar to teaching, writing, speaking Development Leader at the Institute and listening, it emphasises how current interpretations have impacted on of Education, Oxford Brookes the language classroom worldwide. It investigates the meaning of 'methods' University. and 'methodology' and the importance of these for the teacher, as well as the underlying assumptions and beliefs teachers bring to bear in their practice. By Series introducing you to language teaching approaches, you will explore the way these are infl uenced by developments in our understanding of language, learning Edinburgh Textbooks in TESOL technologies, learners, and their socio-cultural world. Readership Three main areas in TESOL methods are covered: the impact of learner needs, context and culture on language, learning and teaching approaches; knowledge Students of English Language of language and its impact on methods, from the word to whole texts; and Teaching at undergraduate level and multiple literacies and competences for the modern world, including academic those coming in at Masters level. literacy and web literacy, socio-cultural and intercultural competence. It also Secondary market of newly qualifi ed discusses the impact on teacher choices and methods of World Englishes, TESOL teachers. approaches to grammar, and learner development.
Key Features • Written specifi cally for those studying TESOL teaching • Each chapter illustrates core principles in practice using case studies of English teaching worldwide • Guided tasks, including article critique, case study analysis, and classroom research, prepare students to engage critically with research literature • First book to teach methods and practice in a global context Selling Points Language & Linguistics • First book in TESOL series • Subject is widely taught 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Changing Methodologies in TESOL Jane Spiro
Table of Contents
1. The meaning of methods
Section One: Methods and the language learner 2. Learning theories and methods 3. The place of the learner in methods
Section Two: Methods and language 4. Grammar in methods 5. Vocabulary in Methods 6. Teacher knowledge and the four language skills: understanding written and spoken language in the 21st century world 7. Methods and principles for integrating the four skills: reading, writing, speaking and listening
Section Three: The World in the Classroom 8. Multiple literacies: professional, academic and web literacies in methods 9. Cultural competences in methods 10. Windows into TESOL classrooms: where are we and where are we going?
Language & Linguistics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Classroom Discourse and Teacher Development Steve Walsh
May 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4517 6 £24.99
208pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4518 3 £75.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4519 0 £75.00
Identifi es the features of a dynamic classroom and shows how this interaction aff ects teacher success
Description The Author How does a dynamic classroom operate? What role does interaction play? Steve Walsh is a Senior Lecturer in This textbook examines the relationship between language, interaction and Applied Linguistics at the University of learning, and shows how classroom discourse can be applied to develop and Newcastle. improve teaching. Combining examples from everyday practice with theoretical approaches, this book provides a comprehensive account of current perspectives Series on classroom discourse. Edinburgh Textbooks in Applied Key Features Linguistics • Introduces techniques for encouraging eff ective data collection and analysis Readership • Includes task commentaries • Contains practical exercises Students of Applied Linguistics, as well • Features a glossary of technical terms as students on TESOL, ELT and Cross- Cultural Communication courses, as well as those in language teacher Table of Contents education more broadly, including ESOL and Learning and Teaching 1. Introduction programmes. 2. Classroom discourse: an overview 3. Classroom interactional competence 4. SETT: self-evaluation of teacher talk 5. Researching classroom discourse 6. Refl ective practice revisited 7. Conclusion Task commentaries References Index Appendices
Language & Linguistics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback Creating Worldviews Metaphor, Ideology and Language James W. Underhill
January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7909 6 £24.99
312pp 234x156mm 3 b&w illustrations and 8 b&w tables
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4315 8 £70.00 (2011) Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4700 2 £70.00
Explores metaphor theory in the work of contemporary European scholars
Description The Author This book encourages readers to refl ect upon language and the role metaphor James W. Underhill lectures on plays in patterning ideas and thought. It fi rst off ers a critical introduction to Translation Studies at Stendhal metaphor theory as it has emerged over the past thirty years in the States, then University, Grenoble, France. widens the scope of metaphor theory by investigating not only the worldview our language off ers us, but also the worldviews which we adapt in our own Readership ideological and personal interpretations of the world. Linguistics academics, specifi cally James Underhill explores new avenues in metaphor theory in the work of those interested in metaphor, contemporary French, German and Czech scholars. Detailed case studies marry translation studies, or the philosophy metaphor theory with discourse analysis in order to investigate the ways the of language. Czech language was reshaped by communist discourse, and the way fascism emerged in the German language. The third case study turns metaphor theory on its head: instead of looking for metaphors in language, it describes the way language systems (French & English) are understood in terms of metaphorically- framed concepts evolving over time.
Including a multilingual glossary of key terms and concepts, this is an ideal volume for anyone new to the topic, as well as those already interested in metaphor theory and the analysis of worldviews.
Praise for the hardback edition
'Underhill follows through on what he sees as lacking in metaphor studies: he shares insights from non-English-speaking scholars, he examines individual speech, he translates from other languages, he notes the history of concepts, and he demonstrates individuals not being entirely subsumed by the discourse of a prevailing ideology. For all these characteristics, this book is an invaluable contribution to the fi eld of metaphor studies… Besides cognitive linguists, this book will also be invaluable for critical discourse analysts wishing to incorporate the study of metaphor into their work and Language & Linguistics for ethnographers who examine the history of the community of their research, as well as for scholars of rhetoric and of worldview.' 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Linguist List tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
English Historical Pragmatics Andreas H. Jucker and Irma Taavitsainen
July 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4468 1 £19.99
224pp 216x138mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4469 8 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4470 4 £70.00
Your guide to historical pragmatics in English studies
Description The Author Providing an ideal introduction to historical pragmatics, this guide gives students Andreas H. Jucker is Professor of a solid grounding in historical pragmatics and teaches the methodology needed English Linguistics and Vice Dean of to analyse language in social, cultural and historical contexts. Using a number of the Faculty of Arts at the University of case studies including politeness, news discourse, and scientifi c discourse, this Zurich. book provides new insights into the analysis of discourse markers, interjections, terms of address and speech acts. Through focusing on the methodological Irma Taavitsainen is Professor of problems in using historical data, students learn the key concepts in historical English Linguistics and Vice Dean of pragmatics, as well as covering recent work at the interface of between language the Faculty of Arts at the University of and literature. Zurich.
Table of Contents Series Edinburgh Textbooks on the English 1. Historical pragmatics: Communicative patterns of the past Language 2. The lack of native speakers: Data problems in historical pragmatics 3. Excavating usage patterns: Methods in historical pragmatics 4. “Or I wol crie „out, harrow and „allas !”: Discourse markers and interjections Readership 5. “If thou thoust him some thrice”: Terms of address Linguistics students studying 6. “Do you wish to insult me?”: Speech acts Historical Pragmatics, Historical 7. “For your curteisie”: Forms of politeness Linguistics or more advanced 8. The pragmatics of language change: Grammaticalization, subjectifi cation and Pragmatics courses. pragmaticalization 9. “Take a pounde of sugir and halfe a pounde of tendir roses lyues …”: Genres and text types 10. “I pray thee friend Humfrey, what is phisicke?”: Scientifi c and medical discourse 11. “Our Letters from the Levant inform us”: Historical news discourse 12. “All of a sudden the bells ceased to chime”: Narrative patterns in the course of time
References and glossary Language & Linguistics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
New Edition Historical Linguistics 3rd Edition Lyle Campbell
January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4594 7 £24.99
512pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4601 2 £85.00
An accessible, hands-on introduction to historical linguistics
Description The Author This practical introduction to the study of language change does not just talk Lyle Campbell is Professor of about topics. With abundant examples and exercises, it helps students learn for Linguistics at the University of Hawai'i themselves how to do historical linguistics. at Manoa.
Distinctive to the book is its combination of the traditional standard topics Readership with others now considered vital to historical linguistics: explanations of why languages change; sociolinguistic aspects of linguistic change; syntactic change Undergraduate students of historical and grammaticalisation; distant genetic relationships; and linguistic prehistory. In linguistics. addition, this edition contains two new chapters on morphological change and quantitative approaches; an expanded chapter on language contact with new Previous Edition sections on pidgins and creoles, mixed languages, and endangered languages; new sections on the language families and language isolates of the world; Pb 978 0 7486 1905 4 £19.99 (2004) examination of specifi c proposals of distant genetic relationship; and a new Hb 978 0 7486 1904 7 £54.00 (2004) section on writing systems.
With its clear, readable style, expert guidance and comprehensive coverage, Praise for the Second Edition Historical Linguistics: An Introduction is not only an invaluable textbook for students coming to the subject for the fi rst time, but also an enlightening read for 'Thanks to his practical approach, specialists in the fi eld and non-specialists alike. Campbell's book has a clear edge as the most useful practical introduction to Selling Points Key Features the subject for beginners - and for more advanced students and specialists. ' • Established textbook author, who is • Practical hands-on approach to the THE a highly well-regarded scholar in this subject, including numerous student fi eld exercises • Many exercises are new for the third • Examples taken from a wide range edition of languages, including non-Indo- • Includes exercises for chapters which European languages, illustrate previously lacked them concepts and methods • Second edition widely adopted in UK • Engaging writing style combined Language & Linguistics and US with insightful coverage makes this an engrossing introduction 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF • Separate pdf 'Answer Key' available for tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 lecturers fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com New in Paperback Humboldt, Worldview and Language James W. Underhill
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 6879 3 £19.99
176pp 216x138mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 3842 0 £70.00 (2009) Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 4022 5 £70.00
A study of the linguistic philosophy of Wilhelm von Humboldt, Prussian philologist and politician
Description The Author From linguists such as Sapir, Whorf and Chomsky to philosophers such as James W. Underhill lectures on Heidegger and sociologists such as Bourdieu, the idea that a language shapes Translation Studies at Stendhal the worldview of its linguistic community has been attributed to Wilhelm von University, Grenoble, France. Humboldt, the Prussian philologist and politician (1767–1835). But despite lavish praise, Humboldt’s thought- provoking ideas on thought and language remain Readership largely unknown in the English-speaking world. Underhill’s concise and rigorously researched book clarifi es the main ideas and proposals of Humboldt’s linguistic Advanced undergraduates, philosophy and demonstrates the way his ideas can be adopted and adapted by postgraduates and scholars in thinkers and linguists today. A detailed glossary of terms is provided in order to Linguistics. clarify key concepts and to translate the German terms used by Humboldt.
Praise for the hardback edition
'A thoughtful and helpful contribution on an important topic.' Modern Language Review
Language & Linguistics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Language Acquisition and Change A Morphosyntactic Perspective Jurgen M. Meisel, Martin Elsig and Esther Rinke
June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4225 0 £60.00
208pp 234x156mm
A theory of diachronic change based on studies of language acquisition
Description The Author This monograph addresses diachronic change of languages in terms of a Jurgen Meisel has been Professor of restructuring of speakers' internal grammatical knowledge. The authors answer Romance Linguistics at the University questions about the circumstances surrounding grammatical change and of Hamburg for over 30 years. attempt to identify causes, constructing a general theory of diachronic change consistent with insights from language acquisition.Historical linguistics commonly Martin Elsig is research assistant at invokes the child as the principal agent of change. The authors therefore address the Collaborative Research Centre the topic against the background of insights gained from extensive research into on Multilingualism, University of monolingual and bilingual language acquisition. Hamburg.
In view of evidence showing that children are remarkably successful in Esther Rinke is a lecturer at the reconstructing the grammars of their ambient languages, the authors reconsider Department of Romance Languages, a number of commonly held explanatory models of language change, including University of Hamburg language contact and structural ambiguity in the input. Based on a variety of case studies, the discussion of these topics sheds new light on phenomena of change Readership which have occupied historical linguists since the nineteenth century. Graduate students and academics. In an innovative take on the subject, the authors argue that morphosyntactic change in core areas of grammar, more specifi cally in grammatical domains referring to parameters of Universal Grammar, typically happens in settings involving second language acquisition. The children acting as causal agents of restructuring are either (child) second language learners themselves or are continuously exposed to the speech of second language speakers of their target languages.
Language & Linguistics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Reading the Absurd Joanna Gavins
July 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7001 7 £24.99
224pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 6926 4 £75.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6927 1 £75.00
Challenges traditional scholarship on absurdist literature, privileging the reader and the genre’s stylistic achievements
Description The Author Since Martin Esslin coined ‘the Theatre of the Absurd’ to describe experimental Joanna Gavins is a lecturer in English drama in the mid-twentieth century, the term ‘absurd’ has been adopted as a language and literature at the means of discussing a vast array of literary text. Many accounts have focused on University of Sheffi eld, UK, where she the philosophical and thematic concerns of absurd prose fi ction, but literary- teaches courses in stylistics, cognitive criticism has failed to agree on the stylistic, generic, and temporal. This volume poetics, linguistics and contemporary takes an alternative approach: its core aim is to provide a coherent, linguistically literature. rigorous examination of the discourse features which characterise the absurd in literature. Readership
In order to understand how such a critically ill-defi ned term continues to have Undergradautes and postgraduates value and relevance to a global readership in the twenty-fi rst century it takes as its starting point the readers who regularly use absurd terms and investigates their discussions in online fora, on literary tagging websites, and in face-to-face interactions.
Key Features • Examines a diverse range of literary texts, both prose and poetry • Covers classic and contemporary absurdist texts • Analyses the stylistic characteristics of this body of work using a cognitive- stylistic approach
Language & Linguistics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
New Edition State Ideology and Language in Tanzania 2nd Edition Jan Blommaert
May 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7580 7 £19.99
192pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 7579 1 £65.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7581 4 £65.00
An extended case study on Tanzania highlighting the latest theoretical and methodological approaches in sociolinguistics
Description The Author A study of the politicization and incorporation of Swahili in the nation-building Jan Blommaert is Professor of eff orts associated with the introduction of the socialist Ujamaa ideology in 1967. Language, Culture and Globalization The text focuses on the infl uence ofUjamaa ideology on Swahili's formation, at Tilburg University. treatment, and implementation. It merges macro- and micro-sociolinguistic approaches, as well as historiographic and political-analytic research, contributing Readership to the study of African political ideologies and to research on the continuity between colonial and postcolonial language policies. It makes substantial points Advanced undergraduate, about the study of African political ideologies, on the continuity between colonial postgraduates, researchers. and postcolonial language policies and on the dispersed nature of language policies over a number of critical actors in society – destereotyping language Previous Edition policy as purely the study of policy makers’ decisions. 1st edition published by Rüdiger Key Features Köppe Verlag in 2009 as part of the East Africam Langauges and Dialects • Includes a new chapter on enregistering the nation series. • Features updates to the discussions of code-switching and language policies and ideologies • Provides a theoretically rich discussion of language and ideology in Tanzania
Language & Linguistics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
The Sociolinguistics of Writing Theresa Lillis
March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 3750 8 £22.99
192pp 234x156mm 20 b&w illustrations
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 3748 5 £70.00 Eb 978 0 7486 3749 2 £70.00
Brings the study of writing to the heart of sociolinguistic inquiry
Description The Author This book introduces an area that is growing in importance within sociolinguistics, Theresa Lillis is a member of illustrating and challenging the 'great divide' between speech and writing. It the Centre for Language and is organised around around four main areas: socially oriented text analyses of Communications at the Open written texts; modality infl ected analyses of texts and practices; writing as identity University, UK. and performance; and the analysis of literacy practices in relation to networks, access, participation and resources. Series Edinburgh Sociolinguistics Table of Contents Readership 1. Writing in sociolinguistics 2. The question of mode Undergraduate and postgraduate 3. Writing as verbal students of Linguistics and English 4. Writing as everyday practice Language, Communication Studies, 5. Resources, networks and trajectories Literacy Studies and Education. 6. Identity, inscription and voice 7. Theorising writing-reading-texts: domains and frames 8. Conclusions
Key Features
• Includes exercises • Focus is on text, not speech
Language & Linguistics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Understanding Pragmatic Markers A Variational Pragmatic Approach Karin Aijmer
April 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 3550 4 £22.99
224pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 3549 8 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 3551 1 £70.00
A study of pragmatic markers in a corpus of spoken English
Description The Author Pragmatic markers are multifunctional and this can make it diffi cult to describe Karin Aijmer is Professor of English and their meaning and potential. In particular, we know little about pragmatic markers Head of the English Department at and prosody, their sociolinguistic use or their distribution across text types. This Göteborg University. book looks at pragmatic markers in a corpus of spoken English, with a focus on the functions performed by the markers in diff erent types of text. Readership Karen Aijmer explores the syntactic, semantic, pragmatic and discourse aspects Undergraduate and postgraduate of the markers. By taking a broader perspective on the markers, classifying them, students of English Language and describing their class-specifi c properties and analysing individual markers, she Linguistics in the UK, US, Europe and assesses whether any generalisations can be made about the prosody of the Asia. markers.
Key Features
• Includes a defi nition of pragmatic markers in the context of the book • Features chapter-long case studies of the pragmatic markers well, in fact and actually • Each chapter has a clear introduction and conclusion
Table of Contents
1. Introduction 2. The pragmatic marker well 3. In fact and actually – a class of factuality markers 4. General extenders 5. Conclusion
Language & Linguistics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Analogy and Morphological Change David L. Fertig
August 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4621 0 £22.99
208pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 4622 7 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7486 4623 4 £70.00
How learners and speakers make sense of their language and make their language make sense
Description The Author Is it dived or dove? Dwarfs or dwarves? If the best students aced the test, did the David L. Fertig is Associate Professor prettygood students beece it? You've probably often pondered such questions in the Department of Linguistics at yourself, but didyou know that similar questions have inspired some of the most the University at Buff alo, The State important advances inour understanding not only of how languages change University New York. but also of how children acquiregrammar and how the human mind works? This book is designed to help readers make sense of morphological change Series and, more generally, of the concept of analogy and its role in language and in human cognition. With a critical look at the past 150 years of linguistic work on Edinburgh Historical Linguistics analogical change, David Fertig brings clarity to a fi eld rife with terminological and theoretical confusion. Readership Postgraduate students of Historical Linguistics and Morphology; researchers and academics in linguistics working outside of Historical Linguistics who require an overview of the topic.
Language & Linguistics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
Sociolinguistics and Mobile Communication Ana Deumert
August 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 5574 8 £24.99
192pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 5573 1 £75.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 5575 5 £75.00
Have wireless, mobile communication technologies changed the way people talk to one another?
Description The Author What does it mean to be able to speak or write to anyone, anywhere, 24/7/365, Ana Deumert is Associate Professor in and get an immediate response? And what does the current profusion of these the Linguistics Section, Department of technologies mean for the study of language in social life? Do we need to develop English, University of Cape Town. new approaches, methodologies and theories? Taking a global perspective, this volume provides readers with a nuanced, ethnographically-informed Series understanding of mobile communication and sociolinguistics. The text explores a wide range of digital applications, including SMS, email, tweeting, Facebook, Edinburgh Sociolinguistics YouTube, chatting, blogging, Wikipedia, Second Life and gaming. It raises important questions about the nature of language, the role of multimodality Readership and intertextuality in creating meaning, the realities and consequences of digital linguistic inequality. The formation of virtual communities, ways of online No info on PPM socialising and the performance of the 'self' are explored. Based on a multicultural and multilingual approach, the volume provides a comprehensive and intriguing overview of digital communication for both students and researchers.
Key Features • Accessible discussion and explanation of various sociolinguistic methodologies and theories as applied to mobile communication • A glossary of relevant terms • Global perspective which highlights common trends and practices in mobile communication • Extensive original multilingual data and discussion of case studies • New research insights and innovative interdisciplinary approaches
Language & Linguistics
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook
International Commercial Agreements An Edinburgh Law Guide Michala Meiselles
June 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 7904 1 £24.99
192pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Hb 978 0 7486 7903 4 £70.00 Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7905 8 £70.00
A key reference tool for business managers, lawyers and students of international commercial agreements
Description The Author What considerations do you need to take into account when planning an Michala Meiselles is a professional international commercial agreement? What writing techniques will ensure that lawyer and lecturer specialising your contract is suited to your needs? What provisions should you include in such in advising public sector clients a contract? and UN agencies on international commercial agreements. She was When planning, negotiating and writing international commercial agreements, adviser to the European Commission it is important to know exactly what essential issues need to be addressed. This (French delegation) and is currently book does this in an easy-to-use, clear and concise fashion. a freelance adviser and a lecturer at Lyon University, teaching European Contracts fulfi ll several functions. They spell out the rights and obligations of the Business Law and International contracting parties, manage any potential risks arising out of the contractual Corporate Law. She is a contributing relationship and supply a contingency plan for each party in the event that the author to The Civil Law Consequences contractual relationship breaks down. Obviously no contract is perfect but the of Corruption, ed Olaf Meyer, Nomos parties should aim for perfection. This book aims to show you how to achieve this. Verlagsgesellschaft (2009).
Key Features Readership
• Accessible style and content Lawyers, business managers and • All essential materials needed by the reader are brought together in one book students of international and • Includes case studies, easy to use checklists and features that fl ag key commercial law. information • Each chapter starts with an overview and ends with a summary of key points • The chapters on the agreements contain template clauses • The book is not jurisdiction specifi c
Law
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com textbook International Commercial Agreements An Edinburgh Law Guide Michala Meiselles Table of Contents 1. Planning an international commercial agreement 3. International Sales Agreement Overview of chapter Overview of chapter Contractual considerations General provisions Form of international commercial agreements Checklist of provisions Formation of international commercial agreements Front of the contract Subject matter Body of the contract Illegality Summary Parties contracting Capacity 4. International Distribution Agreement Trade barriers Overview of chapter Dispute resolution Transnational sales and development of export function Need to research local law • Introduction Tort • Vertical integration Product Liability • Supply chain – Levels and roles Crime • Choosing between an agent and distributor Summary Distribution agreement 2. Drafting an International Commercial Agreement • Fundamentals of distribution Overview of chapter • Motives and concerns of distributor Point of departure • Motives and concerns of manufacturer Freedom to contract General provisions Legality Summary International instruments governing international agreements 5. International Agency Agreement CISG Overview of chapter Choice of law in international agreements Introduction Requirements relating to the form of the contract Fundamentals of agency law Missing or vague terms Agency agreements under EU law Defi ned terms General provisions Language of contract Summary Checklist of provisions Structure 6. International Licensing Agreement Cover sheet Overview of chapter Table of contents Fundamentals of intellectual property law Index of defi ned terms Principal’s concerns Front of the contract Licensee’s concerns Title General provisions Introductory clause Summary Recitals Body of the contract Division of text in body Defi nitions clause Boilerplate clauses Assignment clause Merger clause Modifi cation clause Severance clause Notice clause Dispute resolution Law Language clause 22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF Back of the contract tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 Concluding clause fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 Signature blocks Attachments [email protected] Summary www.euppublishing.com New Frontiers Law and Society in the Roman World Edited by Paul J. du Plessis
January 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 6817 5 £70.00
256pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6818 2 £70.00
An interdisciplinary, edited collection on social science methodologies for approaching Roman legal sources
Description The Author Roman law as a fi eld of study is rapidly evolving to refl ect new perspectives and Paul du Plessis is Senior Lecturer in the approaches in research. Scholars who work on the subject are increasingly being asked Scool of Law, University of Edinburgh, to conduct research in an interdisciplinary manner whereby Roman law is not merely an the convener of the Edinburgh seen as a set of abstract concepts devoid of any background, but as a body of law Roman Law Group. which operated in a specifi c social, economic and cultural context. This 'context-based' approach to the study of Roman law is an exciting new fi eld which legal historians must address. This book furthers the ongoing debate about law and society in the Roman Readership world. Postgraduates, students and academics in legal history and ancient Key Features history. Also useful for honors courses. • Furthers the current debate on the interface between legal history and ancient history • Brings together a distinguished group of scholars who provide diff erent perspectives • Focusses on larger emerging themes such as the interaction between legal history practice, Roman legal thought, and law and economics
Law
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com The European Court of Human Rights Implementing Strasbourg’s Judgments on Domestic Policy Dia Anagnostou
April 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 7057 4 £75.00
256pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 7058 1 £75.00
Domestic implementation of European Court of Human Rights (ECtHR) judgments, and their impact upon national laws, policies and institutions
Description The Author Since the turn of the millenium, the European Court of Human Rights has been Dia Anagnostou is Assistant Professor the transnational setting for a European-wide ‘rights revolution’. of Comparative Politics, in Panteion University of Social Sciences, and An unprecedented expansion of its case load, along with arguably high levels Senior Research Fellow at the Hellenic of compliance with its judgments, testify to its growing authority and perceived Foundation of European and Foreign eff ectiveness, akin to Europe’s constitutional court in human rights matters. Policy (ELIAMEP) in Athens. Despite its signifi cance as such, the eff ects of judgments on national laws, policies and institutions have been little explored. Readership By adopting an inter-disciplinary perspective, this volume seeks to fi ll a gap, This book has a wide potential going beyond the existing, mainly legal and descriptive scholarship. Some of cross-disciplinary appeal, and will be the pertinent questions it asks are: Do national authorities implement Court useful for academics and students judgments and what is their impact on national laws, policies and practices? How in law, politics, socio-economics and and why do diff erent and less privileged social actors mobilise the human rights European studies. norms contained in the Convention and in the Court’s case law? Does this case law infl uence rights-expansive policy reform?
More broadly, the book aims to contribute to a fl ourishing scholarship on human rights, courts and legal processes, and their consequences for national politics.
Key Features
• Covers eight country-based case studies on state implementation and domestic impact of the ECHR judgements • Provides a focus on disadvantaged social actors • Combines a top-down perspective of offi cial institutions and actors involved in the implementation of judgements, with an interest in the bottom-up processes of social mobilisation Law
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com The European Union and South Korea The Legal Framework for Strengthening Trade, Economic and Political Relations Edited by James Harrison
March 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 6860 1 £75.00
272pp 234x156mm
Alternative Formats: Eb (PDF) 978 0 7486 6861 8 £75.00
Off ers insights into the state of EU-Korea relations and considers potential lessons for other bilateral and regional initiatives
Description The Author The past decade has witnessed a proliferation of bilateral and regional James Harrison is a lecturer in cooperation in all parts of the world, the EU and South Korea have been involved international law at the University of in this trend. In 2010, they launched a strategic partnership in order to strengthen Edinburgh. their trade, economic and political ties. Readership This partnership is underpinned by a number of important legal instruments, including the EU-Korea Free Trade Agreement and the EU-Korea Framework Scholars in international law and EU Agreement. This book analyses the development of EU-Korea relations and the external relations law; academics in role that these treaties play in the development of the strategic partnership. The the fi eld of international relations and book contains contributions by European and Korean experts in international political economy; and policy-makers law who each examine a particular aspect of the legal framework for EU-Korea involved in the negotiation of bilateral relations, analysing the scope and substance of the relevant legal rules, as well as and regional agreements. the opportunities and challenges for future cooperation.
The contributions cover a wide range of policy areas, including trade, competition, and investment, as well as cooperation in non-economic areas, such as environmental protection and security policy. The contributions to this volume aim to off er insights not only into the state of EU-Korea relations, but also potential lessons for other bilateral and regional initiatives.
Key Features • The main case study is the EU-Korea strategic partnership • Regular comparisons are made with the Korea-US relationship • Various chapters discuss the implications of the EU-Korea FTA and Framework Agreement for future EU agreements with third states
Law
22 George Square, Edinburgh, EH8 9LF tel: +44 (0)131 650 4218 fax: +44 (0)131 650 3286 [email protected] www.euppublishing.com Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Guides to Islamic Finance Series Editor: Rodney Wilson
Edinburgh Guides to Islamic Finance is a series of short guides to key areas in Islamic fi nance, off ering an independent academic perspective and a critical treatment. http://www.euppublishing.com/series/egif
Forthcoming Available Risk Management for Islamic Banks Shari'ah Governance in Islamic Banks Rania Abdelfattah Salem Zulkifl i Hasan Pb 978 0 7486 7008 6 £24.99 Pb 978 0 7486 4557 2 £29.99 Hb 978 0 7486 7007 9 £75.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4558 9 £75.00 February 2013 July 2012 Maqasid Foundations of Market Economics Product Development in Islamic Banks Seif Ibrahim Tag el-Din Habib Ahmed Pb 978 0 7486 7003 1 £24.99 Pb 978 0 7486 3952 6 £24.99 Hb 978 0 7486 7002 4 £75.00 Hb 978 0 7486 3951 9 £75.00 April 2013 January 2011
Islamic and Ethical Finance in the United Kingdom Islamic Financial in the United Kingdom Elaine Housby Elaine Housby Pb 978 0 7486 4895 5 £24.99 Pb 978 0 7486 3998 4 £24.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4896 2 £75.00 Hb 978 0 7486 3997 7 £75.00 June 2013 January 2011 Islamic Asset Management Available An Asset Class on its Own? Natalie Schoon Shari'ah Compliant Private Equity and Islamic Venture Pb 978 0 7486 3996 0 £24.99 Capital Hb 978 0 7486 3995 3 £75.00 Fara Madehah Ahmed Farid January 2011 Pb 978 0 7486 4048 5 £24.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4047 8 £75.00 November 2012 Legal, Regulatory and Governance Issues in Islamic Finance Rodney Wilson Pb 978 0 7486 4504 6 £29.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4505 3 £75.00 July 2012 Edinburgh University Press Series
Deleuze Studies Special Issues
Deleuze Studies is a bold multidisciplinary journal that challenges orthodoxies, encourages debate, invites controversy, seeks new applications, proposes new interpretations and above all makes new connections between scholars and ideas about the work of Gilles Deleuze. This series highlights special, themed issues of the journal that are also published in book format. www.euppublishing.com/series/ddsi
Forthcoming Available
Deleuze and Philosophical Practice: Félix Guattari in the Age of Semiocapitalism: Deleuze Studies Volume 7.2 Deleuze Studies Volume 6.2 Guillaume Collett, Masa Kosugi and Chryssa Sdrolia Gary Genosko Pb 978 0 7486 8240 9 £16.99 Pb 978 0 7486 4569 5 £16.99 May 2013 May 2012 Schizoanalysis and Visual Cultures: Deleuze Studies Volume 5.2 Philip Roberts and Richard Rushton Pb 978 0 7486 4637 1 £17.99 July 2011 Deleuze and Political Activism: Deleuze Studies Volume 4: 2010 (Supplement) Marcelo Svirsky Pb 978 0 7486 4052 2 £18.99 November 2010
Deleuze and Marx: Deleuze Studies Volume 3: 2009 (Supplement) Dhruv Jain Pb 978 0 7486 3893 2 £22.99 February 2010
Deleuze and Gender: Deleuze Studies Volume 2: 2008 (Supplement) Claire Colebrook and Jami Weinstein Pb 978 0 7486 3892 5 £19.99 January 2009 Edinburgh University Press Series
TV Genres Series Editors: Deborah Jermyn and Su Holmes
The TV Genres series provides accessible introductions to the study of key, identifi able genres within TV Studies. Volumes are theoretically informed and innovative, while maintaining a 'reader-friendly' approach. www.euppublishing.com/series/edtv
Forthcoming Available The Crime Drama Reality TV Sue Turnbull Misha Kavka Hb 978 0 7486 4088 1 £55.00 Hb 978 0 7486 3722 5 £65.00 Pb 978 0 7486 4087 4 £16.99 Pb 978 0 7486 3723 2 £17.99 July 2013 February 2012 The Sitcom Brett Mills Hb 978 0 7486 3751 5 £70.00 Pb 978 0 7486 3752 2 £19.99 September 2009
The Quiz Show Su Holmes Hb 978 0 7486 2752 3 £70.00 Pb 978 0 7486 2753 0 £19.99 October 2008 Edinburgh University Press Series
The Edinburgh History of the Greeks Series Editor: Thomas W. Gallant
The Edinburgh History of the Greeks is a 10-volume series covering the history of Greece and the Greeks, over the last 3,500 years, from antiquity to the present. Each volume combines political history with social and cultural history to tell the story of the Greek people in an exciting, novel and innovatory way. http://www.euppublishing.com/series/higr
Forthcoming Available The Edinburgh History of the Greeks, 1774 to 1909 The Edinburgh History of the Greeks, c. 500 to 1050 The Long Nineteenth Century The Early Middle Ages Thomas W. Gallant Florin Curta Hb 978 0 7486 3605 1 £85.00 Hb 978 0 7486 3809 3 £85.00 October 2013 January 2011
The Edinburgh History of the Greeks, 1453 to 1774 The Ottoman Empire Molly Greene Hb 978 0 7486 3927 4 £85.00 October 2013 Edinburgh University Press Series
The Edinburgh History of Ancient Rome Series Editor: J. S. Richardson
The Edinburgh History of Ancient Rome is a chronological history of Rome and the Roman world in eight volumes. From the city's fi rst settlement to the collapse of the western empire and the emergence of Byzantium some 1,500 years later, each volume encapsulates a sense of the ever-changing identity of Rome, providing overall unity to its dramatic history. www.euppublishing.com/series/ehar
Forthcoming Available
From Rome to Byzantium AD 363 to 565 Augustan Rome 44 BC to AD 14 The Transformation of Ancient Rome The Restoration of the Republic and the Establishment of the A. D. Lee Empire Pb 978 0 7486 2791 2 £29.99 J. S. Richardson Hb 978 0 7486 2790 5 £95.00 Pb 978 0 7486 1955 9 £29.99 January 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 1954 2 £95.00 March 2012 The End of the Roman Republic 146 to 44 BC Imperial Rome AD 284 to 363 Conquest and Crisis The New Empire Catherine Steel Jill. Harries Pb 978 0 7486 1945 0 £29.99 Pb 978 0 7486 2053 1 £29.99 Hb 978 0 7486 1944 3 £95.00 Hb 978 0 7486 2052 4 £95.00 March 2013 March 2012 Early Rome to 290 BC Rome and the Mediterranean 290 to 146 BC The Beginnings of the City and the Rise of the Republic The Imperial Republic Guy Bradley Nathan Rosenstein Pb 978 0 7486 2110 1 £29.99 Pb 978 0 7486 2322 8 £29.99 Hb 978 0 7486 2109 5 £95.00 Hb 978 0 7486 2321 1 £95.00 October 2013 March 2012 Available Imperial Rome AD 193 to 284 The Critical Century Cliff ord Ando Pb 978 0 7486 2051 7 £29.99 Hb 978 0 7486 2050 0 £95.00 June 2012 Edinburgh University Press Series
New Series Studies in Global Justice and Human Rights Series Editor: Thom Brooks
Global justice and human rights is perhaps the hottest topic in political science today. This series of monographs and edited collections publishes groundbreaking work on key topics in this increasingly popular fi eld, such as democracy, gender, legal justice, poverty, human rights, environmental justice and just war theory. It will be essential reading for theorists working in politics, international relations, law, philosophy and beyond. http://www.euppublishing.com/series/sgjhr
Forthcoming Available Institutions in Global Distributive Justice Rwanda and the Moral Obligation of Humanitarian Andras Miklos Intervention Hb 978 0 7486 4471 1 £65.00 Joshua James Kassner February 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4458 2 £65.00 November 2012 Human Rights from Community A Rights-Based Approach to Development Health Inequalities and Global Justice Oche Onazi Edited by Patti Tamara Lenard and Christine Straehle Hb 978 0 7486 5467 3 £65.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4692 0 £65.00 June 2013 August 2012
Retheorising Statelessness A Background Theory of Membership in World Politics Kelly Staples Hb 978 0 7486 4277 9 £65.00 July 2012 Edinburgh University Press Series
New History of Scotland Series Editor: Jenny Wormald
This series of classic textbooks has been a fl agship series for Edinburgh University Press for many years. Written by authors at the forefront of their discipline, these books provide an ideal introduction to Scottish history for undergraduates and general readers.
www.euppublishing.com/series/nhs
Forthcoming Available New Edition No Gods and Precious Few Heroes Court, Kirk and Community Twentieth-Century Scotland Scotland 1470-1625 Christopher Harvie Jenny Wormald Hb 978 0 7486 0999 4 £20.99 Pb 978 0 7486 1940 5 £19.99 January 1998 Hb 978 0 7486 1939 9 £60.00 July 2013 Court, Kirk and Community Scotland 1470-1625 Power and Propaganda Jenny Wormald Scotland 1306-1488 Pb 978 0 7486 0276 6 £22.99 Katie Stevenson June 1991 Pb 978 0 7486 4586 2 £19.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4587 9 £55.00 Independence and Nationhood August 2013 Scotland 1306-1469 Alexander Grant Available Pb 978 0 7486 0273 5 £20.99 June 1991 Ourselves and Others Scotland 1832-1914 Lordship to Patronage Graeme Morton Scotland 1603-1745 Pb 978 0 7486 2049 4 £19.99 Rosalind Mitchison Hb 978 0 7486 2048 7 £65.00 Pb 978 0 7486 0233 9 £20.99 July 2012 September 1990 Enlightenment and Change Industry and Ethos Scotland 1746-1832 Scotland 1832-1914 Bruce Lenman Olive and Sydney Checkland Pb 978 0 7486 2515 4 £19.99 Pb 978 0 7486 0102 8 £18.99 Hb 978 0 7486 2514 7 £75.00 June 1989 March 2009 Warlords and Holy Men Kingship and Unity Scotland AD80-1000 Scotland 1000-1306 Alfred Smyth G. W. S. Barrow Pb 978 0 7486 0100 4 £20.99 Pb 978 0 7486 1721 0 £30.99 June 1989 Hb 978 0 7486 1800 2 £95.00 May 2003 Edinburgh University Press Series
Essential Middle Eastern Vocabularies Series Editor: Elisabeth Kendall
Essential Middle Eastern Vocabularies give you all the up-to-date expressions, jargon and new coinages you need to express modern concepts across specifi c areas of interest such as the media, the internet, law and business. Key Features • Terms grouped in thematic sections: learn the language lik you will use it • Easy-to-learn lists to test translation • CD with audio fi les to help you check your pronunciation • Interactive online audio-visual e-Flashcards • Index http://www.euppublishing.com/series/emev
Forthcoming Available Internet Arabic Media Arabic Mourad Diouri Second Edition Pb 978 0 7486 4491 9 £12.99 Elisabeth Kendall January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4495 7 £12.99 June 2012 Security Arabic Mark Evans Media Persian Pb 978 0 7486 4661 6 £12.99 Dominic Parviz Brookshaw January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4100 0 £12.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4101 7 £50.00 July 2011 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Textbooks on the English Language – Advanced Series Editor: Heinz Giegerich
Books in this series provide readers with a detailed description and explanation of key areas of English Language study. The authors presuppose a basic working knowledge of the topic and explore aspects of the linguistics of English for an intermediate or advanced student readership http://www.euppublishing.com/series/ETOTELAdvanced
Forthcoming Available A Historical Phonology of English English Historical Sociolinguistics Donka Minkova Robert McColl Millar Pb 978 0 7486 3468 2 £19.99 Pb 978 0 7486 4180 2 £22.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3467 5 £60.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4181 9 £70.00 May 2013 June 2012 A Historical Syntax of English Corpus Linguistics and the Description of English Bettelou Los Hans Lindquist Pb 978 0 7486 4143 7 £19.99 Pb 978 0 7486 2615 1 £19.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4144 4 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 2614 4 £75.00 August 2013 December 2009 A Historical Morphology of English Dieter Kastovsky Pb 978 0 7486 3687 7 £19.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3686 0 £70.00 September 2013 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Textbooks on the English Language Series Editor: Heinz Giegerich
This series provides the detailed description and explanation of aspects of English. The introductory volumes each cover the equivalent of an introductory course and contain exercises, recommendations for further reading and a glossary. Together, they cover all those aspects of the language that form a substantial and identifi able part of introductory English Language courses. Volumes cover aspects of the history and structure of the language such as: syntax, phonology, morphology, regional and social variation, Old English, Middle English and international Englishes. www.euppublishing.com/series/ETOTEL
Forthcoming An Introduction to English Phonetics An Introduction to Old English Richard Ogden Richard Hogg English Historical Pragmatics December 2009 October 2002 Andreas H. Jucker and Irma Hb 978 0 7486 2540 6 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 1329 8 £70.00 Taavitsainen Pb 978 0 7486 2541 3 £16.99 Pb 978 0 7486 1328 1 £16.99 July 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4469 8 £70.00 An Introduction to Late Modern English An Introduction to Middle English Pb 978 0 7486 4468 1 £19.99 Ingrid Tieken-Boon van Ostade Simon Horobin and Jeremy Smith May 2009 October 2002 Available Hb 978 0 7486 2597 0 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 1480 6 £70.00 Pb 978 0 7486 2598 7 £16.99 Pb 978 0 7486 1481 3 £16.99 An Introduction to Old English, Revised Edition An Introduction to English Syntax, 2nd An Introduction to International Rhona Alcorn and Richard Hogg Edition Varieties of English January 2012 Jim Miller Laurie Bauer Hb 978 0 7486 4239 7 £65.00 August 2008 September 2002 Pb 978 0 7486 4238 0 £16.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3360 9 £65.00 Hb 978 0 7486 1337 3 £70.00 Pb 978 0 7486 3361 6 £16.99 Pb 978 0 7486 1338 0 £16.99 An Introduction to Regional Englishes Dialect Variation in England An Introduction to English Semantics An Introduction to English Phonology Joan Beal and Pragmatics April McMahon November 2010 Patrick Griffi ths November 2001 Hb 978 0 7486 2116 3 £70.00 May 2006 Pb 978 0 7486 1251 2 £16.99 Pb 978 0 7486 1632 9 £16.99 Pb 978 0 7486 2117 0 £16.99 An Introduction to English An Introduction to Early Modern English Morphology An Introduction to English Terttu Nevalainen Words and Their Structure Sociolinguistics January 2006 Andrew Carstairs-McCarthy Graeme Trousdale Hb 978 0 7486 1523 0 £70.00 November 2001 April 2010 Pb 978 0 7486 1524 7 £16.99 Pb 978 0 7486 1326 7 £16.99 Hb 978 0 7486 2324 2 £60.00 Pb 978 0 7486 2325 9 £16.99 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Textbooks in TESOL Series Editor: Joan Cutt ing and Fiona Farr
Teaching English as a Second or Other Language (TESOL) is a multifaceted academic discipline requiring training in linguistics, language acquisition, language pedagogy, methodology, materials development, testing and research, curriculum and syllabus design, program administration, and cross-cultural communication. This series of advanced textbooks in TESOL comprises individual volumes addressing an identifi able subfi eld within TESOL in more depth than would be covered in an introductory textbook to the area as a whole. Each volume is designed for use alongside taught module-length topics on TESOL degrees.
As a whole, the series provides a comprehensive introduction to the subject. www.euppublishing.com/series/tesol
Forthcoming Mixed Methods Research for TESOL James Brown Pb 978 0 7486 4638 8 £18.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4639 5 £65.00 March 2013
Understanding Language in TESOL Joan Cutting Pb 978 0 7486 4281 6 £18.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4282 3 £65.00 March 2013
Changing Methodologies in TESOL Jane Spiro Pb 978 0 7486 4619 7 £18.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4620 3 £65.00 May 2013 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Textbooks in Applied Linguistics Series Editor: Alan Davies, Keith Mitchell and Erik Schleef
This textbook series provides advanced introductions to the main areas of study in contemporary Applied Linguistics, with a principal focus on the theory and practice of language teaching and language learning and on the processes and problems of language in use. http://www.euppublishing.com/series/eual
Forthcoming Available Materials Evaluation and Design for Language Teaching Pragmatic Stylistics 2nd Edition Elizabeth Black Ian McGrath Pb 978 0 7486 2041 8 £26.99 Pb 978 0 7486 4567 1 £29.99 December 2005 Hb 978 0 7486 4568 8 £90.00 December 2012 Linguistics and the Language of Translation Kirsten Malmkjær Classroom Discourse and Teacher Development Pb 978 0 7486 2056 2 £26.99 Steve Walsh April 2005 Pb 978 0 7486 4517 6 £24.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4518 3 £75.00 Language Assessment and Programme Evaluation May 2013 Brian K. Lynch Pb 978 0 7486 1562 9 £26.99 Available April 2003 An Introduction to Applied Linguistics The Social Turn in Second Language Acquisition From Practice to Theory, 2nd Edition David Block Alan Davies Pb 978 0 7486 1552 0 £29.99 Pb 978 0 7486 3355 5 £22.99 March 2003 July 2007 Teaching Literature in a Second Language Language and Politics Brian Parkinson and Helen Reid Thomas John E. Joseph Pb 978 0 7486 1259 8 £28.99 Pb 978 0 7486 2453 9 £26.99 December 2000 Hb 978 0 7486 2452 2 £80.00 June 2006
Language Planning and Education Gibson Ferguson Pb 978 0 7486 1262 8 £26.99 March 2006 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Advanced Textbooks in Linguistics Series Editor: Peter Ackema and Mitsuhiko Ota
This series supports the study of core topics that form substantial and identifi able parts of Linguistics degree courses as taught in the later years of undergraduate study. Each volume provides an in-depth introduction to a particular linguistic subdiscipline, while also engaging with recent research on the subject. http://www.euppublishing.com/series/eatl
Forthcoming Available
Elements of Formal Semantics Morphology Yoad Winter From Data to Theories Pb 978 0 7486 4043 0 £24.99 Antonio Fábregas and Sergio Scalise Hb 978 0 7486 4044 7 £75.00 Pb 978 0 7486 4313 4 £19.99 April 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4314 1 £70.00 May 2012
Essential Programming for Linguistics Martin Weisser Pb 978 0 7486 3856 7 £19.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3855 0 £85.00 November 2009 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Studies in Transatlantic Literatures Series Editors: Susan Manning and Andrew Taylor, both University of Edinburgh
Modern global culture makes it clear that literary study can no longer operate on nation-based or exceptionalist models. In practice, American literatures have always been understood and defi ned in relation to the literatures of Europe and Asia. The books in this series work within a broad comparative framework to question place-based identities and monocular visions, in historical contexts from the earliest European settlements to contemporary aff airs, and across all literary genres. They explore the multiple ways in which ideas, texts, objects and bodies travel across spatial and temporal borders, generating powerful forms of contrast and affi nity.
The Edinburgh Studies in Transatlantic Literatures series fosters new paradigms of exchange, circulation and transformation for transatlantic literary studies, expanding the critical and theoretical work of this rapidly developing fi eld.
Shortlisted for the Modernist Studies Association Book Prize 2008 American Modernism's Expatriate Scene: The Labour of Translation by Daniel Katz
Longlisted for the Wales Book of the Year 2007 Ethnicity and Cultural Authority: From Arnold to Du Bois by Daniel G. Williams www.euppublishing.com/series/ESTL Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Studies in Transatlantic Literatures Series Editors: Susan Manning and Andrew Taylor
Forthcoming Available
Atlantic Citizens Transatlantic Women's Literature Nineteenth-Century American Writers at Work in the World Heidi Slettedahl Macpherson Leslie Eckel November 2008 February 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 2445 4 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 6937 0 £70.00 The Dandy in Irish and American Southern Fiction Transatlantic Avant-Gardes Aristocratic Drag Little Magazines and Localist Modernism Ellen Crowell Eric B. White November 2007 February 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 2548 2 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4521 3 £70.00 Philanthropy in British and American Fiction Nineteenth-Century U.S. Literature in Middle Eastern Dickens, Hawthorne, Eliot and Howells Languages Frank Christianson Jeff rey Einboden November 2007 May 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 2508 6 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4564 0 £70.00 American Modernism's Expatriate Scene The Labour of Translation Available Daniel Katz August 2007 South Asian Atlantic Literature, 1970–2010 Hb 978 0 7486 2526 0 £75.00 Ruth Maxey November 2011 Henry James, Oscar Wilde and Aesthetic Culture Hb 978 0 7486 4188 8 £65.00 Michèle Mendelssohn June 2007 Transnationalism in Practice Hb 978 0 7486 2385 3 £105.00 Essays on American Studies, Literature and Religion Paul Giles Ethnicity and Cultural Authority July 2010 From Arnold to Du Bois Hb 978 0 7486 4049 2 £80.00 Daniel G. Williams Mercenaries in British and American Literature, 1790–1830 December 2005 Writing, Fighting, and Marrying for Money Hb 978 0 7486 2205 4 £75.00 Erik Simpson May 2010 Hb 978 0 7486 3644 0 £70.00 Spanish America and British Romanticism, 1777–1826 Rewriting Conquest Rebecca Cole Heinowitz February 2010 Hb 978 0 7486 3868 0 £70.00
Cultural Authority in the Age of Whitman A Transatlantic Perspective Günter Leypoldt September 2009 Hb 978 0 7486 3574 0 £75.00 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Studies in Islamic Art Series Editor: Robert Hillenbrand
The Edinburgh Studies in Islamic Art series gives readers easy access to the most up-to-date research across the whole range of Islamic art.
Each study, while closely focused, opens wide horizons. Books may, for example, look at art of a single century, dynasty or geographical area, on iconographic studies, the meaning of works of art, a given medium or key works in their wider contexts.
The series as a whole will represent the full breadth of the Islamic world, its art, media and approaches. www.euppublishing.com/series/esii
Forthcoming The Minaret Jonathan M. Bloom Hb 978 0 7486 3725 6 £75.00 July 2013
Available Islamic Chinoiserie The Art of Mongol Iran Yuka Kadoi Hb 978 0 7486 3582 5 £95.00 July 2009 Isfahan and its Palaces Statecraft, Shi`ism and the Architecture of Conviviality in Early Modern Iran Sussan Babaie Hb 978 0 7486 3375 3 £95.00 July 2008 Edinburgh University Press Series
New Series Edinburgh Studies in Anglo-American Relations Series Editor: Steve Marsh and Alan P. Dobson
Books in this exciting new series:
• Are research driven • Are written by leading scholars in the fi eld • Refl ect the rich tapestry of Anglo-American relations from the 20th century onwards • Are written at a level that will appeal to students, practitioners and the academic community http://www.euppublishing.com/series/esar
Forthcoming Available The Arsenal of Democracy Post-War Planning on the Periphery Aircraft Supply and the Evolution of the Anglo-American Anglo-American Economic Diplomacy in South America, Alliance, 1938–1942 1939–1945 Gavin J. Bailey Thomas C. Mills Hb 978 0 7486 4747 7 £65.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4388 2 £75.00 June 2013 August 2012
The Anglo-American Relationshipy Steve Marsh and Alan P. Dobson Pb 978 0 7486 3931 1 £24.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3932 8 £75.00 July 2013 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Sociolinguistics Series Editor: Joan Swann and Paul Kerswill
This series covers the core topics taught in the fi eld of sociolinguistics. Individual volumes off er both a critical overview and insights derived from the author's own research. As a whole, the series will provide a comprehensive introduction to the subject. The series is designed for second or third year undergraduates in linguistics as well as postgraduates who are looking for an entry point. Volumes are discursive, accessibly written and alert to critical developments in the fi eld. www.euppublishing.com/series/edss
Forthcoming Available
The Sociolinguistics of Writing Linguistic Variation and Change Theresa Lillis Scott F. Kiesling Hb 978 0 7486 3748 5 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 3761 4 £70.00 Pb 978 0 7486 3750 8 £22.99 Pb 978 0 7486 3762 1 £22.99 March 2013 April 2011
Sociolinguistics and Mobile Communication Sociolinguistics and Corpus Linguistics Ana Deumert Paul Baker Hb 978 0 7486 5573 1 £75.00 Hb 978 0 7486 2735 6 £75.00 Pb 978 0 7486 5574 8 £24.99 Pb 978 0 7486 2736 3 £22.99 August 2013 February 2010 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Philosophical Guides Series Editor: Douglas Burnham, Staff ordshire University
The books in this series are specially written for students reading philosophy for the fi rst time. Focusing on passages most frequently taught at university level, each book is a step-by-step guide to help students read the key texts from the history of philosophy with confi dence and perception. Each book off ers: • A summary of the text • Historical context • An overview of its key ideas • A guide to further reading and study www.euppublishing.com/series/edpg
Forthcoming Available Deleuze's Diff erence and Repetition Nietzsche's Thus Spoke Zarathustra Henry Somers-Hall Douglas Burnham and Martin Jesinghausen Pb 978 0 7486 4677 7 £16.99 Pb 978 0 7486 3833 8 £16.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4678 4 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 3832 1 £60.00 March 2013 June 2010 Foucault's History of Sexuality Volume I, The Will to Knowledge Spinoza's Ethics Mark Kelly Beth Lord Pb 978 0 7486 4889 4 £16.99 Pb 978 0 7486 3450 7 £13.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4890 0 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 3449 1 £55.00 March 2013 February 2010 Kant's Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals Plato's Republic John Callanan D.J. Sheppard Pb 978 0 7486 4725 5 £16.99 Pb 978 0 7486 2779 0 £14.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4726 2 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 2778 3 £65.00 March 2013 March 2009 Available Derrida's Of Grammatology Arthur Bradley Descartes' Meditations on First Philosophy Pb 978 0 7486 2613 7 £16.99 Kurt Brandhorst Hb 978 0 7486 2612 0 £65.00 Pb 978 0 7486 3480 4 £16.99 April 2008 Hb 978 0 7486 3479 8 £60.00 July 2010 Heidegger's Being and Time William Large Pb 978 0 7486 2734 9 £16.99 Hb 978 0 7486 2733 2 £65.00 April 2008 Kant's Critique of Pure Reason Douglas Burnham and Harvey Young Pb 978 0 7486 2738 7 £14.99 Hb 978 0 7486 2737 0 £65.00 March 2008 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Critical Studies in War and Culture Series Editors: Kate McLoughlin and Gill Plain
The monographs in this series analyse the cultural meditation of war – its causes, consequences and aftermath – through Anglophone literature and fi lm from the age of industrialised warfare to the present.
Key Features: • New intervention into the fi eld of scholarship devoted to war literature and fi lm • Volumes draw as appropriate on literary, fi lm and cultural theory – including trauma theory and memory work – within a rigorous historicist framework that will illuminate the cultural specifi city of representation and meditation • Transhistorical and inter-cultural approach, allowing comparisons to be made across periods, nations and communities • Explored formal considerations – genre, style, metaphor, image – as part of a focus on the cultural transmission of 'war' www.euppublishing.com/series/ecswc
Forthcoming Our Nazis Representations of Fascism in Contemporary Literature and Film Petra Rau Hb 978 0 7486 6864 9 £70.00 May 2013 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Critical Studies in Modernist Culture Series Editors: Tim Armstrong and Rebecca Beasley
Each volume in the series focuses on current concerns within the 'new modernist studies'. Each presents a hot topic, provides original comment and attends to the cultural, intellectual and historical contexts of diff erent British, American and European modernisms. www.euppublishing.com/series/ecsmc
Forthcoming Modernism and Magic Experiments with Spiritualism, Theosophy and the Occult Leigh Wilson Hb 978 0 7486 2769 1 £70.00 November 2012
Sonic Modernity Representing Sound in Literature, Culture and the Arts Sam Halliday Hb 978 0 7486 2761 5 £70.00 March 2013 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Critical Studies in Victorian Culture Series Editor: Julian Wolfreys, University of Loughborough
This series provides timely revisions of the nineteenth-century's literature, culture, history and identity. Developing from recent and current interests in rethinking the nineteenth century, and drawing on the most provocative and thoughtful research, volumes in the series urge readers to think diff erently about both Victorian and nineteenth-century studies. http://www.euppublishing.com/series/ECVE Forthcoming Available London's Underground Spaces: Determined Spirits: Representing the Victorian City, 1840-1915 Eugenics, Heredity and Racial Regeneration in Anglo- Haewon Hwang American Spiritualist Writing, 1848-1930 Hb 978 0 7486 7607 1 £65.00 Christine Ferguson July 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 3965 6 £70.00 April 2012 Thomas Hardy's Legal Fictions Trish Ferguson 1895: Hb 978 0 7486 7324 7 £70.00 Drama, Disaster and Disgrace in Late Victorian Britain June 2013 Nicholas Freeman Walter Pater: Hb 978 0 7486 4056 0 £65.00 Individualism and Aesthetic Philosophy October 2011 Kate Hext Blasted Literature: Hb 978 0 7486 4625 8 £70.00 Victorian Political Fiction and the Shock of Modernism June 2013 Deaglán Ó Donghaile Jane Morris: Hb 978 0 7486 4067 6 £65.00 The Burden of History February 2011 Wendy Parkins William Morris and the Idea of Community: Hb 978 0 7486 4127 7 £65.00 Romance, History, and Propaganda, 1880–1914 April 2013 Anna Vaninskaya Roomscape: Hb 978 0 7486 4149 9 £70.00 Women Writers in the British Museum from George Eliot to December 2010 Virginia Woolf In Lady Audley's Shadow Susan D. Bernstein Mary Elizabeth Braddon and Victorian Literary Genres Hb 978 0 7486 4065 2 £65.00 Saverio Tomaiuolo March 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4115 4 £70.00 October 2010 Available Dickens's London: Perception, Subjectivity and Phenomenal Urban Multiplicity Julian Wolfreys Hb 978 0 7486 4040 9 £70.00 May 2012 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Critical Guides to Literature Series Editors: Martin Halliwell, University of Leicester, and Andrew Mousley, De Montfort University
This series provides accessible and provocatively critical introductions to a wide range of literatures. The volumes will initiate and deepen the reader's understanding of key literary movements, periods and genres, and consider debates that inform the past, present and future of literary study. Resources such as glossaries of key terms and details of archives and internet sites are also provided, making each volume a comprehensive critical guide. www.euppublishing.com/series/ECGL
Forthcoming Available
Gothic Literature, 2nd Edition Modernist Literature Andrew Smith Rachel Potter March 2013 April 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 4742 2 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 3431 6 £70.00 Pb 978 0 7486 4741 5 £16.99 Pb 978 0 7486 3432 3 £19.99 Modern American Literature Catherine Morley May 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 2506 2 £70.00 Pb 978 0 7486 2507 9 £19.99
Medieval Literature 1300–1500 Pamela King March 2011 Hb 978 0 7486 3459 0 £60.00 Pb 978 0 7486 3460 6 £17.99 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Critical Guides to Literature Series Editors: Martin Halliwell, University of Leicester, and Andrew Mousley, De Montfort University
Available Available
Victorian Literature Asian American Literature David Amigoni Bella Adams March 2011 April 2008 Hb 978 0 7486 2562 8 £60.00 Hb 978 0 7486 2271 9 £75.00 Pb 978 0 7486 2563 5 £16.99 Pb 978 0 7486 2272 6 £17.99
Contemporary Poetry Contemporary British Fiction Nerys Williams Nick Bentley April 2011 September 2008 Hb 978 0 7486 3884 0 £65.00 Hb 978 0 7486 2419 5 £70.00 Pb 978 0 7486 3885 7 £18.99 Pb 978 0 7486 2420 1 £16.99 Contemporary American Fiction Shakespeare David Brauner Gabriel Egan April 2010 November 2007 Hb 978 0 7486 2267 2 £65.00 Hb 978 0 7486 2371 6 £75.00 Pb 978 0 7486 2268 9 £17.99 Pb 978 0 7486 2372 3 £17.99
Contemporary British Drama Contemporary American Drama David Lane Annette Saddik September 2010 September 2007 Hb 978 0 7486 3821 5 £65.00 Hb 978 0 7486 2493 5 £75.00 Pb 978 0 7486 3822 2 £17.99 Pb 978 0 7486 2494 2 £19.99
Scottish Literature Canadian Literature Gerard Carruthers Faye Hammill April 2009 September 2007 Hb 978 0 7486 3308 1 £75.00 Hb 978 0 7486 2161 3 £75.00 Pb 978 0 7486 3309 8 £18.99 Pb 978 0 7486 2162 0 £18.99
Renaissance Literature Gothic Literature Siobhan Keenan Andrew Smith August 2008 September 2007 Hb 978 0 7486 2583 3 £75.00 Hb 978 0 7486 2369 3 £75.00 Pb 978 0 7486 2584 0 £18.99 Pb 978 0 7486 2370 9 £15.99
Contemporary British Fiction Women’s Poetry Nick Bentley Jo Gill August 2008 September, 2007 Hb 978 0 7486 2419 5 £75.00 Hb 978 0 7486 2305 1 £75.00 Pb 978 0 7486 2420 1 £17.99 Pb 978 0 7486 2306 8 £18.99
Children’s Literature M.O. Grenby April 2008 Hb 978 0 7486 2273 3 £75.00 Pb 978 0 7486 2274 0 £15.99 Edinburgh University Press Series
Traditions in World Cinema Series Editors: Linda Badley and R Barton Palmer
This series presents diverse and fascinating movements in world cinema. Each volume concentrates on a set of fi lms from a diff erent national, regional or, in some cases, cross-cultural cinema which constitute a particular tradition. http://www.euppublishing.com/series/TIWC
Forthcoming Available Available American Smart Cinema Spanish Horror Film Chinese Martial Arts Cinema Claire Perkins Antonio Lázaro-Reboll The Wuxia Tradition Pb 978 0 7486 7908 9 £19.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3638 9 £60.00 Stephen Teo January 2013 November 2012 Pb 978 0 7486 3286 2 £24.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3285 5 £70.00 Italian Neorealist Cinema Italian Neorealist Cinema March 2009 Torunn Haaland Torunn Haaland Pb 978 0 7486 3612 9 £19.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3611 2 £65.00 Palestinian Cinema March 2013 June 2012 Landscape, Trauma and Memory Nurith Gertz amd George Khleifi Contemporary Latin American Cinema American Smart Cinema Pb 978 0 7486 3408 8 £24.99 New Transnationalisms Claire Perkins Hb 978 0 7486 3407 1 £70.00 Dolores Tierney Hb 978 0 7486 4074 4 £65.00 January 2008 Hb 978 0 7486 4573 2 £65.00 January 2012 June 2013 The International Film Musical African Filmmaking Post-beur Cinema Corey K. Creekmur and Linda Y. Mokdad North and South of the Sahara Maghrebi-French and North African Pb 978 0 7486 3477 4 £19.99 Roy Armes Emigre Filmmaking in France since 2000 January 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 2124 8 £24.99 Will Higbee Hb 978 0 7486 3476 7 £65.00 Hb 978 0 7486 2123 1 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4004 1 £65.00 January 2012 August 2006 July 2013 New Neopolitan Cinema Japanese Horror Cinema Jay McRoy Available Alex Marlow-Mann Pb 978 0 7486 6877 9 £22.99 Pb 978 0 7486 1995 5 £24.99 Italian Post-Neorealist Cinema September 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 1994 8 £95.00 Luca Barattoni Hb 978 0 7486 4066 9 £65.00 March 2005 Hb 978 0 7486 4054 6 £65.00 February 2011 New Punk Cinema October 2012 Czech and Slovak Cinema Edited by Nicholas Rombes Magic Realist Cinema in East Central Theme and Tradition Pb 978 0 7486 2035 7 £26.99 Europe Peter Hames May 2005 Aga Skrodzka Hb 978 0 7486 2081 4 £75.00 Traditions in World Cinema Hb 978 0 7486 3916 8 £65.00 June 2009 Edited by Linda Badley, R. Barton September 2012 Pb 978 0 7486 2082 1 £21.99 Palmer and Steven Jay Schneider September 2010 Pb 978 0 7486 1863 7 £26.99 Hb 978 0 7486 1862 0 £85.00 December 2005 Edinburgh University Press Series
Debates and Documents in Ancient History Series Editors: Emma Staff ord and Shaun Tougher
This series consists of concise books on important but relatively compact themes. Each volume is divided into roughly equal parts, the fi rst an introductory account of the subject in question, the second a selection of translated source materials and/or illustrations of archaeological and material evidence. The introduction describes the subject, sets it in context, and introduces the reader to the main issues of interpretation and debate. The second part displays and introduces a selection of relevant evidence. The two parts are linked with numerous cross-references.
The books aim to be readable and informative and to stimulate an awareness of the kinds of material and documentary evidence likely to be available to the ancient historian, and the usually problematic nature of its interpretation. www.euppublishing.com/series/ddah
Forthcoming Available
King and Court in Ancient Persia 559 to 331 BCE Roman Imperialism Lloyd Llewellyn-Jones Andrew Erskine January 2013 May 2010 Hb 978 0 7486 4126 0 £80.00 Hb 978 0 7486 1962 7 £65.00 Pb 978 0 7486 4125 3 £24.99 Pb 978 0 7486 1963 4 £21.99
Rome and its Empire, AD 193-284 Olivier Hekster July 2008 Hb 978 0 7486 2303 7 £75.00 Pb 978 0 7486 2304 4 £24.99
Julian the Apostate Shaun Tougher January 2007 Hb 978 0 7486 1886 6 £80.00 Pb 978 0 7486 1887 3 £26.99
Diocletian and the Tetrarchy Roger Rees April 2004 Hb 978 0 7486 1660 2 £95.00 Pb 978 0 7486 1661 9 £32.99 Edinburgh University Press Series
Postcolonial Literary Studies Series Editor: David Johnson, The Open University, and Ania Loomba, University of Pennsylvania
This series examines how Postcolonial Studies reconfi gures the major periods and areas of literature. The books relate key literary and cultural texts both to their historical and geographical contexts, and to contemporary issues of neo-colonialism and global inequality. Each volume provides a comprehensive survey of the existing fi eld of scholarship and debate, and is also an original intervention in its own right.
Each book includes:
• A time line • An introductory literature survey • Discussion of critical, theoretical, historical and political debates • Exemplary critical readings of literary texts • A carefully selected list of further reading www.euppublishing.com/series/EPLS
Forthcoming Available Romantic Literature and Postcolonial Studies Renaissance Literature and Postcolonial Studies Elizabeth A. Bohls Shankar Raman Pb 978 0 7486 4198 7 £19.99 Pb 978 0 7486 3684 6 £19.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4199 4 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 3683 9 £65.00 January 2013 June 2011 Modernist Literature and Postcolonial Studies Medieval Literature and Postcolonial Studies Rajeev S. Patke Lisa Lampert-Weissig Pb 978 0 7486 3993 9 £24.99 Pb 978 0 7486 3718 8 £19.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3992 2 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 3717 1 £65.00 May 2013 June 2010
Available Victorian Literature and Postcolonial Studies Postwar British Literature and Postcolonial Studies Patrick Brantlinger Graham MacPhee Pb 978 0 7486 3304 3 £19.99 Pb 978 0 7486 3901 4 £19.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3303 6 £75.00 Hb 978 0 7486 3900 7 £65.00 February 2009 June 2011 Eighteenth-Century British Literature and Postcolonial Studies Suvir Kaul Pb 978 0 7486 3455 2 £22.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3454 5 £65.00 February 2009 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Companions to Scott ish Literature Series Editors: Ian Brown, Kingston University and Thomas Owen Clancy, University of Glasgow
This series draws on and sustains the developing interest worldwide in the scope and nature of Scottish Literature, off ering new insight into key authors, periods and topics. The series includes volumes on authors such as Burns, Scott, Hogg, Stevenson and Spark, topics such as Gaelic Literature, Scottish Traditional Literature and Scottish Drama, and all historical periods from the earliest to the current day. Volumes in the series stand out for their substance, accessibility, scholarship, cultural confi dence and methodological rigour. Each volume: • Provides a critical evaluation of its subject • Constitutes a comprehensive overview • Off ers a balanced range of engagingly written essays in thought-provoking original critical assessments by expert contributors • Includes a general introduction by the volume editor(s) and a selected guide to further reading. www.euppublishing.com/series/ecsl
Forthcoming Available The Edinburgh Companion to Liz Lochhead The Edinburgh Companion to Scottish Women's Writing Edited by Anne Varty Edited by Glenda Norquay March 2013 June 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 5472 7 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4432 2 £75.00 Pb 978 0 7486 5471 0 £19.99 Pb 978 0 7486 4431 5 £24.99 The Edinburgh Companion to Scottish Traditional The Edinburgh Companion to James Hogg Literatures Edited by Ian Duncan and Douglas S. Mack Edited by Sarah Dunnigan and Suzanne Gilbert May 2012 September 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4124 6 £65.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4540 1 £70.00 Pb 978 0 7486 4123 9 £19.99 Pb 978 0 7486 4539 8 £24.99 The Edinburgh Companion to Scottish Romanticism Available Edited by Murray Pittock The Edinburgh Companion to Sir Walter Scott May 2011 Edited by Fiona Robertson Hb 978 0 7486 3845 1 £65.00 September 2012 Pb 978 0 7486 3846 8 £21.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4130 7 £70.00 The Edinburgh Companion to Hugh MacDiarmid Pb 978 0 7486 4129 1 £19.99 Edited by Scott Lyall and Margery Palmer McCulloch May 2011 Hb 978 0 7486 4190 1 £65.00 Pb 978 0 7486 4189 5 £19.99 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Companions to Scott ish Literature Series Editors: Ian Brown and Thomas Owen Clancy, both University of Glasgow
Available The Edinburgh Companion to Scottish Drama Edited by Ian Brown May 2011 Hb 978 0 7486 4108 6 £65.00 Pb 978 0 7486 4107 9 £21.99 The Edinburgh Companion to Irvine Welsh Edited by Berthold Schoene July 2010 Hb 978 0 7486 3917 5 £70.00 Pb 978 0 7486 3918 2 £19.99 The Edinburgh Companion to James Kelman Edited by Scott Hames July 2010 Hb 978 0 7486 3963 2 £70.00 Pb 978 0 7486 3964 9 £19.99 The Edinburgh Companion to Muriel Spark Edited by Michael Gardiner and Willy Maley July 2010 Hb 978 0 7486 3768 3 £70.00 Pb 978 0 7486 3769 0 £19.99 The Edinburgh Companion to Robert Louis Stevenson Edited by Penny Fielding July 2010 Hb 978 0 7486 3554 2 £70.00 Pb 978 0 7486 3555 9 £19.99 The Edinburgh Companion to Contemporary Scottish Poetry Edited by Colin Nicholson and Matt McGuire July 2009 Hb 978 0 7486 3625 9 £75.00 Pb 978 0 7486 3626 6 £21.99
The Edinburgh Companion to Twentieth-Century Scottish Literature Edited by Ian Brown and Alan Riach July 2009 Hb 978 0 7486 3693 8 £75.00 Pb 978 0 7486 3694 5 £24.99 The Edinburgh Companion to Robert Burns Edited by Gerard Carruthers June 2009 Hb 978 0 7486 3648 8 £75.00 Pb 978 0 7486 3649 5 £19.99 Edinburgh University Press Series
Deleuze Connections Series Editor: Ian Buchanan, University of Wollongong, Australia
'It is not the elements or the sets which defi ne the multiplicity. What defi nes it is the AND, as something which has its place between the elements or between the sets. AND, AND, AND – stammering.' – Gilles Deleuze and Claire Parnet, Dialogues
This is the original groundbreaking series of Deleuze-inspired books that has already placed Deleuze's thought in connection with feminist theory, music, space, geography, queer theory, performance, postcolonial studies and contemporary art, and is constantly opening new frontiers in Deleuze Studies. www.euppublishing.com/series/delco
Forthcoming Available Deleuze and Race Deleuze and Law Edited by Arun Saldanha and Jason Michael Adams Edited by Laurent Desutter and Kyle McGee December 2012 June 2012 Pb 978 0 7486 6959 2 £26.99 Pb 978 0 7486 4413 1 £24.99 Hb 978 0 7486 6958 5 £85.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4414 8 £75.00 Deleuze and Film Deleuze and Research Methodologies Edited by David Martin-Jones and William Brown Edited by Rebecca Coleman and Jessica Ringrose April 2012 March 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4120 8 £21.99 Pb 978 0 7486 4410 0 £24.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4121 5 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4411 7 £80.00 Deleuze and Sex Deleuze and Education Edited by Frida Beckman Edited by Inna Semetsky and Diana Masny July 2011 April 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4260 1 £24.99 Pb 978 0 7486 4302 8 £24.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4261 8 £75.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4303 5 £80.00 Deleuze and Ethics Deleuze and Architecture Edited by Nathan Jun and Daniel W. Smith Edited by Hélène Frichot and Stephen Loo May 2011 May 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4116 1 £21.99 Pb 978 0 7486 7465 7 £24.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4117 8 £65.00 Hb 978 0 7486 7464 0 £70.00 Deleuze and the Body Edited by Laura Guillaume and Joe Hughes March 2011 Pb 978 0 7486 3865 9 £21.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3864 2 £65.00 Edinburghtextbook University Press Series
Deleuze Connections Series Editor: Ian Buchanan
Available Available
Deleuze and Contemporary Art Deleuze and the Social Edited by Stephen Zepke and Simon O'Sullivan Edited by Martin Fuglsang and Bent Meier Sørensen May 2010 June 2006 Pb 978 0 7486 3838 3 £26.99 Pb 978 0 7486 2093 7 £28.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3837 6 £80.00 Hb 978 0 7486 2092 0 £85.00
Deleuze and the Postcolonial Deleuze and Space Edited by Simone Bignall and Paul Patton Edited by Ian Buchanan and Gregg Lambert April 2010 June 2005 Pb 978 0 7486 3700 3 £26.99 Pb 978 0 7486 1874 3 £30.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3699 0 £80.00 Hb 978 0 7486 1892 7 £85.00
Deleuze and New Technology Deleuze and Music Edited by David Savat and Mark Poster Edited by Ian Buchanan and Marcel Swiboda June 2009 July 2004 Pb 978 0 7486 3338 8 £28.99 Pb 978 0 7486 1869 9 £30.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3336 4 £90.00 Hb 978 0 7486 1891 0 £100.00
Deleuze and Performance Deleuze and Geophilosophy Edited by Laura Cull A Guide and Glossary May 2009 Edited by Mark Bonta and John Protevi Pb 978 0 7486 3504 7 £34.99 March 2004 Hb 978 0 7486 3503 0 £90.00 Pb 978 0 7486 1839 2 £37.99
Deleuze and History Deleuze and Literature Edited by Jeff rey A. Bell and Claire Colebrook Edited by Ian Buchanan and John Marks March 2009 December 2000 Pb 978 0 7486 3609 9 £26.99 Pb 978 0 7486 1207 9 £30.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3608 2 £70.00 Deleuze and Feminist Theory Deleuze and Queer Theory Edited by Ian Buchanan and Claire Colebrook Edited by Chrysanthi Nigianni and Merl Storr April 2000 January 2009 Pb 978 0 7486 1120 1 £30.99 Pb 978 0 7486 3405 7 £26.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3404 0 £80.00
Deleuze and Politics Edited by Ian Buchanan and Nicholas Thoburn May 2008 Pb 978 0 7486 3288 6 £24.99 Hb 978 0 7486 3287 9 £75.00
Deleuze and Philosophy Edited by Constantin V. Boundas July 2006 Pb 978 0 7486 2480 5 £28.99 Hb 978 0 7486 2479 9 £85.00
Deleuze and the Contemporary World Edited by Ian Buchanan and Adrian Parr July 2006 Pb 978 0 7486 2342 6 £28.99 Hb 978 0 7486 2341 9 £85.00 Edinburgh University Press Series
Plateaus – New Directions in Deleuze Studies Series Editors: Ian Buchanan, University of Wollongong, and Claire Colebrook, Penn State University
By publishing the most radical, challenging and exciting work by a range of international scholars, this series substantially revises how we understand Deleuze by presenting new readings of his works and introducing us to new ways of applying his philosophy. www.euppublishing.com/series/PLAT
Forthcoming Available Available Between Desire and Pleasure Deleuze's Literary Clinic Postcolonial Agency A Deleuzian Theory of Sexuality Criticism and the Politics of Symptoms Critique and Constructivism Frida Beckman Aidan Tynan Simone Bignall May 2013 May 2012 June 2011 Hb 978 0 7486 4592 3 £65.00 Hb 978 0 7486 5055 2 £65.00 Pb 978 0 7486 4383 7 £21.99 2010: Hb 978 0 7486 3943 4 £70.00 Untimely Aff ects History and Becoming Gilles Deleuze and an Ethics of Cinema Deleuze's Philosophy of Creativity Variations: The Philosophy of Gilles Nadine Boljkovac Craig Lundy Deleuze May 2013 May 2012 Jean-Clet Martin Hb 978 0 7486 4644 9 £65.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4530 5 £65.00 Translated by Constantin V. Boundas and Susan Dyrkton Deleuze and the Transcendental Immanence – Deleuze and Philosophy April 2010 Conditions of Thought Miguel de Beistegui Hb 978 0 7486 3882 6 £70.00 Daniela Voss March 2012 May 2013 Pb 978 0 7486 4906 8 £21.99 Immanence and the Vertigo of Hb 978 0 7486 7625 5 £65.00 2010: Hb 978 0 7486 3830 7 £85.00 Philosophy From Kant to Deleuze Available Badiou and Deleuze Read Literature Jean-Jacques Lecercle Christian Kerslake March 2012 September 2009 Returning to Revolution Hb 978 0 7486 3590 0 £75.00 Deleuze, Guattari and Zapatismo Pb 978 0 7486 4905 1 £21.99 Thomas Nail 2010: Hb 978 0 7486 3800 0 £80.00 The Universal (In the Realm of the August 2012 The Priority of Events Sensible) Hb 978 0 7486 5586 1 £65.00 Deleuze's Logic of Sense Beyond Continental Philosophy Sean Bowden Dorothea Olkowski Deleuze: A Philosophy of the Event August 2011 March 2007 together with The Vocabulary of Deleuze Pb 978 0 7486 4364 6 £24.99 Hb 978 0 7486 2556 7 £85.00 Francois Zourabichvili Hb 978 0 7486 4359 2 £75.00 Edited by Gregg Lambert and Daniel W. Smith Deleuzian Fabulation and the Scars of Translated by Kieran Aarons History July 2012 Ronald Bogue Pb 978 0 7486 4585 5 £24.99 July 2010 Hb 978 0 7486 4562 6 £80.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4131 4 £70.00 I Edinburgh University Press Series
The Frontiers of Theory Series Editor: Martin McQuillan, Kingston University
This series brings together internationally respected fi gures to comment on and re-describe the state of theory in the twenty-fi rst century. It takes stock of an ever-expanding fi eld of knowledge and opens up possible new modes of inquiry within it, identifying new theoretical pathways, innovative thinking and productive motifs. www.euppublishing.com/series/tfot Forthcoming Available Available Of Jews And Animals The Unexpected The Post-Romantic Predicament Andrew Benjamin Narrative Temporality and the Paul de Man Pb 978 0 7486 4317 2 £19.99 Philosophy of Surprise Edited by Martin McQuillan September 2011 Mark Currie Hb 978 0 7486 4105 5 £70.00 2010: Hb 978 0 7486 4053 9 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 7629 3 £70.00 April 2012 January 2013 Reading and Responsibility Poetry in Painting Deconstruction's Traces Ideology, Rhetoric, Aesthetics Writing on Contemporary Arts and Derek Attridge For De Man Aesthetics Pb 978 0 7486 4318 9 £19.99 Andrzej Warminski Hélène Cixous September 2011 Hb 978 0 7486 8126 6 £70.00 Edited by Marta Segarra and Joana Masó 2010: Hb 978 0 7486 4008 9 £70.00 June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4744 6 £65.00 April 2012 About Time Narrative, Fiction and the Philosophy of Material Inscriptions Veering Time Rhetorical Reading in Practice and A Theory of Literature Mark Currie Theory Nicholas Royle Pb 978 0 7486 4246 5 £19.99 Andrzej Warminski Hb 978 0 7486 3654 9 £65.00 October 2010 Hb 978 0 7486 8122 8 £70.00 October 2011 June 2013 2006: Hb 978 0 7486 2424 9 £85.00 Volleys of Humanity To Follow Essays 1972–2009 Available The Wake of Jacques Derrida Hélène Cixous Peggy Kamuf New in Paperback Hb 978 0 7486 3903 8 £75.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4154 3 £70.00 Veering July 2011 A Theory of Literature October 2010 Nicholas Royle Not Half No End Pb 978 0 7486 5508 3 £19.99 Militantly Melancholic Essays in Memory of Death-Drive October 2012 Jacques Derrida Freudian Hauntings in Literature and Art Geoff rey Bennington Robert Rowland Smith New in Paperback Pb 978 0 7486 4316 5 £19.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4039 3 £70.00 To Follow September 2011 April 2010 The Wake of Jacques Derrida 2010: Hb 978 0 7486 3985 4 £65.00 Peggy Kamuf Pb 978 0 7486 5509 0 £19.99 October 2012 Edinburgh University Press Series
The Frontiers of Theory Series Editor: Martin McQuillan, Kingston University
Insister of Jacques Derrida Hélène Cixous Hb 978 0 7486 2792 9 £50.00 November 2007 Geneses, Genealogies, Genres and Genius The Secrets of the Archive Jacques Derrida Hb 978 0 7486 2129 3 £19.99 July 2006 Scandalous Knowledge Science, Truth and the Human Barbara Herrnstein Smith Hb 978 0 7486 2023 4 £85.00 January 2006 The Poetics of Singularity The Counter-Culturalist Turn in Heidegger, Derrida, Blanchot and the later Gadamer Timothy Clark Hb 978 0 7486 1929 0 £85.00 April 2005 Dream I Tell You Hélène Cixous Hb 978 0 7486 2131 6 £18.99 January 2005 Edinburgh University Press Series
Exploring Muslim Contexts Series Editor: Abdou Filali-Ansary
This series of volumes brings together leading specialists from various fi elds relating to Islamic and Middle Eastern Studies. They address salient issues on the Muslim world from a wide range of theoretical and practical perspectives. Each volume includes contributions from a fi eld of international scholars. www.euppublishing.com/series/ecmc
Forthcoming Genealogy and Knowledge in Muslim Societies Understanding the Past Edited by Sarah Bowen Savant and Elena de Felipe Rodriguez June 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4497 1 £60.00 Available Ethnographies of Islam Ritual Performances and Everyday Practices Edited by Baudouin Dupret, Thomas Pierret, Paulo G. Pinto and Kathryn Spellman-Poots July 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 4550 3 £60.00 Cosmopolitanisms in Muslim Contexts Perspectives from the Past Edited by Derryl MacLean and Sikeena Karmali Ahmed July 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 4456 8 £60.00 Development Models in Muslim Contexts Chinese, 'Islamic' and Neo-liberal Alternatives Edited by Robert Springborg September 2009 Hb 978 0 7486 3968 7 £80.00
The Challenge of Pluralism Paradigms from Muslim Contexts Edited by Abdou Filali-Ansary and Sikeena Karmali Ahmed September 2009 Hb 978 0 7486 3969 4 £70.00 Edinburgh University Press
Back to University Edinburgh University Press
Politics Glossaries Glossaries in this series provide brief, clear and convenient A–Z guides to the central concepts of the various branches of politics. They are thorough, authoritative and concise reference works which off er clear and consistent coverage of both traditional and contemporary terminology. The series is aimed at students and teachers of politics at all levels of study but is pitched primarily at readers new to a subject area. In addition to mainstream Politics students, the series will appeal to those studying courses in sociology, journalism, media studies and social policy that include elements of politics. • Volumes in the series provide: • Dedicated coverage of particular topics within politics • Coverage of key terms and major fi gures • Practical examples of the terms defi ned • Cross–references to related terms Politics Study Guides This is a series of well–written, accessible introductions to key areas of Politics courses. Each book is structured in the same way, with all chapters including the following: • A short boxed paragraph of introduction, setting out the broad area to be explored • A brief conclusion summarising what you should have learnt • A glossary of key terms • Sample examination questions • Helpful websites • Suggestions for further reading The emphasis is on responding to student needs by producing up–to–date material written in a user–friendly style. Get Set for University The transition between school and university is not an easy one. There are unfamiliar subjects to be studied and even familiar subjects are approached in new ways. The pace of learning is much faster, the volume of written work increases and all the deadlines seem to come at once. And then there are the exams. This series of books aims to bridge the gap by: • introducing subjects as they are taught at university • providing some time–management strategies • suggesting how to get the most out of lectures and tutorials • showing how to write an essay to university standards • taking some of the agony out of exams. Glossaries in Linguistics Each book in the Glossaries in Linguistics series introduces and defi nes key terms in a core area in linguistics. All entries rea fully cross–referenced and combine to provide a comprehensive pocket–guide to the topic. Terms are listed alphabetically, and each volume concludes with a bibliography and suggestions for further reading. Philosophy A–Z These thorough, authoritative yet concise alphabetic guides introduce the central concepts of the various branches of philosophy. Written by established philosophers, they cover both traditional and contemporary terminology. Features • Dedicated coverage of particular topics within philosophy • Coverage of key terms and major fi gures Edinburgh University Press Account No: Series Author Title Bdg ISBN Price Qty Get Set for University Amigoni & Robinson Get Set for English Literature Pb 978 0 7486 1537 7 £13.99 Get Set for University Ashbee Get Set for American Studies Pb 978 0 7486 1692 3 £13.99 Get Set for University Barron Get Set for Study Abroad Pb 978 0 7486 2030 2 £13.99 Get Set for University Barron Get Set for Study in the UK Pb 978 0 7486 1810 1 £13.99 Get Set for University Barton & Beck Get Set for Communication Studies Pb 978 0 7486 2029 6 £13.99 Get Set for University Burnham Get Set for Philosophy Pb 978 0 7486 1657 2 £13.99 Get Set for University Corrywright & Morgan Get Set for Religious Studies Pb 978 0 7486 2032 6 £13.99 Get Set for University Edwards Get Set for Computer Science Pb 978 0 7486 2167 5 £13.99 Get Set for University Faulks & Phillips Get Set for Politics Pb 978 0 7486 1545 2 £13.99 Get Set for University McIntosh & Punch Get Set for Sociology Pb 978 0 7486 2019 7 £13.99 Get Set for University Purvis Get Set for Media and Cultural Studies Pb 978 0 7486 1695 4 £13.99 Get Set for University Robinson Get Set for English Language Pb 978 0 7486 1544 5 £13.99 Get Set for University Skinner Get Set for Teacher Training Pb 978 0 7486 2139 2 £13.99 Get Set for University Smith Get Set for Nursing Pb 978 0 7486 1956 6 £13.99 Get Set for University Wright & Macleod Get Set for Psychology Pb 978 0 7486 2096 8 £13.99 Glossaries in Linguistics Aitchison A Glossary of Language and Mind Pb 978 0 7486 1824 8 £11.99 Glossaries in Linguistics Baker & Hardie A Glossary of Corpus Linguistics Pb 978 0 7486 2018 0 £11.99 Glossaries in Linguistics Bauer A Glossary of Morphology Pb 978 0 7486 1853 8 £11.99 Glossaries in Linguistics Campbell & Mixco A Glossary of Historical Linguistics Hb 978 0 7486 2378 5 £50.00 Glossaries in Linguistics Campbell & Mixco A Glossary of Historical Linguistics Pb 978 0 7486 2379 2 £12.99 Glossaries in Linguistics Carr A Glossary of Phonology Hb 978 0 7486 2404 1 £45.00 Glossaries in Linguistics Carr A Glossary of Phonology Pb 978 0 7486 2234 4 £10.99 Glossaries in Linguistics Cruse A Glossary of Semantics and Pragmatics Pb 978 0 7486 2111 8 £11.99 Glossaries in Linguistics Davies A Glossary of Applied Linguistics Hb 978 0 7486 2294 8 £65.00 Glossaries in Linguistics Davies A Glossary of Applied Linguistics Pb 978 0 7486 1854 5 £11.99 Glossaries in Linguistics Evans A Glossary of Cognitive Linguistics Hb 978 0 7486 2279 5 £50.00 Glossaries in Linguistics Evans A Glossary of Cognitive Linguistics Pb 978 0 7486 2280 1 £14.99 Glossaries in Linguistics Leech A Glossary of English Grammar Pb 978 0 7486 1729 6 £11.99 Glossaries in Linguistics Trudgill A Glossary of Sociolinguistics Pb 978 0 7486 1623 7 £13.99 Philosophy A–Z Bartley Indian Philosophy A–Z Hb 978 0 7486 2210 8 £47.99 Philosophy A–Z Bartley Indian Philosophy A–Z Pb 978 0 7486 2028 9 £13.99 Philosophy A–Z Blaauw & Pritchard Epistemology A–Z Hb 978 0 7486 2213 9 £47.99 Philosophy A–Z Blaauw & Pritchard Epistemology A–Z Pb 978 0 7486 2094 4 £13.99 Philosophy A–Z Groff Islamic Philosophy A–Z Hb 978 0 7486 2216 0 £55.00 Philosophy A–Z Groff Islamic Philosophy A–Z Pb 978 0 7486 2089 0 £15.99 Philosophy A–Z Guter Aesthetics A–Z Hb 978 0 7486 2339 6 £65.00 Philosophy A–Z Guter Aesthetics A–Z Pb 978 0 7486 2340 2 £15.99 Philosophy A–Z Hill & Rauser Christian Philosophy A–Z Hb 978 0 7486 2212 2 £60.00 Philosophy A–Z Hill & Rauser Christian Philosophy A–Z Pb 978 0 7486 2152 1 £15.99 Philosophy A–Z Hughes Jewish Philosophy A–Z Hb 978 0 7486 2218 4 £47.99 Philosophy A–Z Hughes Jewish Philosophy A–Z Pb 978 0 7486 2177 4 £13.99 Philosophy A–Z Jacobs Ethics A–Z Hb 978 0 7486 2196 5 £47.99 Philosophy A–Z Jacobs Ethics A–Z Pb 978 0 7486 2014 2 £13.99 Philosophy A–Z McHugh Feminist Philosophies A–Z Hb 978 0 7486 2217 7 £60.00 Philosophy A–Z McHugh Feminist Philosophies A–Z Pb 978 0 7486 2153 8 £14.99 Philosophy A–Z Mou Chinese Philosophy A–Z Hb 978 0 7486 3712 6 £65.00 Philosophy A–Z Mou Chinese Philosophy A–Z Pb 978 0 7486 2241 2 £16.99 Philosophy A–Z Pike Political Philosophy A–Z Hb 978 0 7486 2269 6 £60.00 Philosophy A–Z Pike Political Philosophy A–Z Pb 978 0 7486 2270 2 £14.99 Philosophy A–Z Psillos Philosophy of Science A–Z Hb 978 0 7486 2214 6 £65.00 Philosophy A–Z Psillos Philosophy of Science A–Z Pb 978 0 7486 2033 3 £15.99 Philosophy A–Z Quinn Philosophy of Religion A–Z Hb 978 0 7486 2211 5 £60.00 Philosophy A–Z Quinn Philosophy of Religion A–Z Pb 978 0 7486 2054 8 £14.99 Philosophy A–Z Rakova Philosophy of Mind A–Z Hb 978 0 7486 2215 3 £47.99 Philosophy A–Z Rakova Philosophy of Mind A–Z Pb 978 0 7486 2095 1 £13.99 Philosophy A–Z Tanesini Philosophy of Language A–Z Hb 978 0 7486 2228 3 £60.00 Philosophy A–Z Tanesini Philosophy of Language A–Z Pb 978 0 7486 2229 0 £13.99 Politics Glossaries Hoff man A Glossary of Political Theory Hb 978 0 7486 2803 2 £38.99 Politics Glossaries Hoff man A Glossary of Political Theory Pb 978 0 7486 2260 3 £11.99 Politics Glossaries Jones A Glossary of the European Union Hb 978 0 7486 2575 8 £40.00 Politics Glossaries Jones A Glossary of the European Union Pb 978 0 7486 2576 5 £11.99 Politics Glossaries Thomson A Glossary of US Politics and Government Hb 978 0 7486 2804 9 £38.99 Politics Glossaries Thomson A Glossary of US Politics and Government Pb 978 0 7486 2253 5 £11.99 Politics Glossaries Watts A Glossary of UK Government and Politics Hb 978 0 7486 2554 3 £44.99 Politics Glossaries Watts A Glossary of UK Government and Politics Pb 978 0 7486 2555 0 £12.99 Politics Study Guides Blair & Curtis International Politics Pb 978 0 7486 2415 7 £14.99 Politics Study Guides Buckley The Prime Minister and Cabinet Pb 978 0 7486 2289 4 £11.99 Politics Study Guides Cole Democracy in Britain Pb 978 0 7486 2312 9 £11.99 Politics Study Guides Cole Political Parties in Britain Pb 978 0 7486 2569 7 £12.99 Politics Study Guides Deacon & Sandry Devolution in the United Kingdom Pb 978 0 7486 2416 4 £11.99 Politics Study Guides Foster The Judiciary, Civil Liberties and Human Rights Pb 978 0 7486 2262 7 £11.99 Politics Study Guides Foster Political Communication Pb 978 0 7486 2571 0 £15.99 Politics Study Guides Grant The UK Parliament Pb 978 0 7486 2261 0 £12.99 Politics Study Guides Harrison & Boyd The Changing Constitution Pb 978 0 7486 2223 8 £11.99 Politics Study Guides Jones Britain and the European Union Pb 978 0 7486 2428 7 £11.99 Politics Study Guides McEvoy The Politics of Northern Ireland Pb 978 0 7486 2501 7 £10.99 Politics Study Guides Robinson Electoral Systems and Voting in the United Pb 978 0 7486 2750 9 £16.99 Kingdom Politics Study Guides Storey US Government and Politics Pb 978 0 7486 3880 2 £14.99 Politics Study Guides Watts British Government and Politics Pb 978 0 7486 2323 5 £14.99 Politics Study Guides Watts Pressure Groups Pb 978 0 7486 2439 3 £11.99 Politics Study Guides Watts The American Presidency Pb 978 0 7486 3535 1 £14.99 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Studies in Modern Arabic Literature Series Editor: Rasheed El-Enany
This series, dedicated to the study of modern Arabic literature, publishes contemporary, scholarly accounts of developments in the fi eld in the past few decades. It will include modern genre studies, titles devoted to the works of both established and new and emerging writers, and examinations of specifi c contemporary movements, trends, groupings, themes and periods in modern Arabic literature; and studies arranged by geographical regions. Books in the series are written by specialists for those studying the subject at any level. http://www.euppublishing.com/series/smal
Forthcoming Available The Arab Nahdah Sufi sm in the Contemporary Arabic Novel The Making of the Intellectual and Humanist Movement Ziad Elmarsafy Abdulrazzak Patel Hb 978 0 7486 4140 6 £65.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4069 0 £65.00 November 2012 June 2013 Post-War Anglophone Lebanese Fiction Home Matters in the Diaspora Syrine Hout Hb 978 0 7486 4342 4 £65.00 September 2012 Gender, Nation and the Arabic Novel Egypt 1892–2008 Hoda Elsadda Hb 978 0 7486 3926 7 £65.00 July 2012 Edinburgh University Press Series
Edinburgh Critical Studies in Renaissance Culture Series Editor: Lorna Hutson, University of St. Andrews
These original interpretations of Renaissance culture focus on the English Renaissance as well as attending to work in a range of vernacular languages and on the reception and transformation of the Greco-Roman literary, political and intellectual heritage. www.euppublishing.com/series/ecsrc
Forthcoming Available Inventions of the Skin Don Quixote in the Archives The Painted Body in Early English Drama Madness and Literature in Early Modern Spain Andrea Stevens Dale Shuger June 2013 April 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 7049 9 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4463 6 £70.00
The Girlhood of Shakespeare's Sisters Untutored Lines Gender, Transgression, Adolescence The Making of the English Epyllion Jennifer Higginbotham William Weaver January 2013 March 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 5590 8 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4465 0 £65.00 The Phantom of Chance Available From Fortune to Randomness in Seventeenth-Century French Literature New in Paperback John Lyons Open Subjects November 2011 English Renaissance Republicans, Modern Selfhoods and the Hb 978 0 7486 4515 2 £65.00 Virtue of Vulnerability James Kuzner Open Subjects October 2012 English Renaissance Republicans, Modern Selfhoods and the Pb 978 0 7486 6487 0 £19.99 Virtue of Vulnerability James Kuzner Friendship's Shadows June 2011 Women's Friendship and the Politics of Betrayal in England, Hb 978 0 7486 4253 3 £65.00 1640-1705 Penelope Anderson August 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 5582 3 £75.00 Edinburgh University Press Series
Scott ish Historical Review Monographs Series Editor: Andrew Mackillop
The Scottish Historical Review Monograph series is designed to promote major works of scholarly research covering all aspects of Scottish History. The series seeks to support the work of scholars active in the discipline but particularly those who have recently obtained a PhD. The aim is to produce an average of two monographs per annum, with titles chosen by the Trustees of the Scottish Historical Review in partnership with Edinburgh University Press. www.euppublishing.com/series/SHRM
Forthcoming Available The Third Duke of Buccleuch and Adam Smith Famine in Scotland – the 'Ill Years' of the 1690s Estate Management and Improvement in Enlightenment Karen J. Cullen Scotland Hb 978 0 7486 3887 1 £60.00 Brian Bonnyman February 2010 Hb 978 0 7486 4200 7 £55.00 June 2013 Ireland, Radicalism, and the Scottish Highlands, c.1870-1912 Andrew Newby Available Hb 978 0 7486 2375 4 £65.00 March 2007 'Of Laws of Ships and Shipmen' Medieval Maritime Law and its Practice in Urban Northern Land, Faith and the Crofting Community Europe Christianity and Social Criticism in the Highlands of Scotland 1843- Edda Frankot 1893 Hb 978 0 7486 4624 1 £45.00 Allan W. MacColl August 2012 Hb 978 0 7486 2382 2 £80.00 April 2006 Scottish Ethnicity and the Making of New Zealand Society, 1850 to 1930 Tanja Bueltmann Hb 978 0 7486 4155 0 £45.00 July 2011
The Sutherland Estate, 1850-1920 Aristocratic Decline, Estate Management and Land Reform Annie Tindley Hb 978 0 7486 4032 4 £50.00 June 2010
Gender and Political Identities in Scotland, 1919-1939 Annmarie Hughes Hb 978 0 7486 3981 6 £50.00 May 2010 Edinburgh University Press Series
Critical Connections Series Editors: Ian Buchanan, University of Wollongong, Australia, and James Williams, University of Dundee
A series of edited collections forging new connections between contemporary critical theorists and a wide range of research areas, such as critical and cultural theory, gender studies, fi lm, literature, music, philosophy and politics.
http://www.euppublishing.com/series/crcs
Forthcoming Available Laruelle and Non-Philosophy Virilio and Visual Culture Edited by John Mullarkey and Anthony Paul Smith Edited by John Armitage and Ryan Bishop Pb 978 0 7486 4534 3 £24.99 Pb 978 0 7486 5444 4 £24.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4535 0 £80.00 Hb 978 0 7486 5445 1 £80.00 July 2012 January 2013 Rancière and Film Badiou and Philosophy Edited by Paul Bowman Edited by Sean Bowden and Simon Duff y Pb 978 0 7486 4735 4 £24.99 Pb 978 0 7486 4351 6 £24.99 Hb 978 0 7486 4736 1 £70.00 Hb 978 0 7486 4352 3 £80.00 July 2013 June 2012 Stiegler and Technics Edited by Christina Howells and Gerald Moore Agamben and Colonialism Pb 978 0 7486 7702 3 £24.99 Edited by Marcelo Svirsky and Simone Bignall Hb 978 0 7486 7701 6 £80.00 Pb 978 0 7486 4393 6 £24.99 September 2013 Hb 978 0 7486 4394 3 £80.00 May 2012 Edinburgh University Press Series
Crosscurrents Series Editor: Christopher Watkin, Monash University, Australia
This series explores the development of European thought through engagements with the arts, humanities, social sciences and sciences. http://www.euppublishing.com/series/cross
Forthcoming Available Diffi cult Atheism Politics of the Gift Post-Theological Thinking in Alain Badiou, Jean-Luc Nancy and Exchanges in Poststructuralism Quentin Meillassoux Gerald Moore Christopher Watkin Hb 978 0 7486 4202 1 £65.00 Pb 978 0 7486 7726 9 £24.99 April 2011 2011: Hb 978 0 7486 4057 7 £65.00 March 2013
The Becoming of the Body Contemporary Women's Writing in French Amaleela Damlé Hb 978 0 7486 6821 2 £65.00 August 2013